Gfortran-4 5 2

Using GNU Fortran
For gcc version 4.5.2 (GCC)
The gfortran team
Published by the Free Software Foundation 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
Copyright c 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with the Invariant Sections being Funding Free Software, the Front-Cover Texts being (a) (see below), and with the Back-Cover Texts being (b) (see below). A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License. (a) The FSFs Front-Cover Text is: A GNU Manual (b) The FSFs Back-Cover Text is: You have freedom to copy and modify this GNU Manual, like GNU software. Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for GNU development.
Short Contents
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Part I: Invoking GNU Fortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 GNU Fortran Command Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 3 Runtime: Inuencing runtime behavior with environment variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Part II: Language Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 4 Fortran 2003 and 2008 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 5 Compiler Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 6 Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 7 Mixed-Language Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 8 Intrinsic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 9 Intrinsic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 Contributing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNU General Public License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNU Free Documentation License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Funding Free Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Option Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Keyword Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 193 205 213 215 217
iii
Table of Contents
1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 1.5 1.6 About GNU Fortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNU Fortran and GCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Preprocessing and conditional compilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . GNU Fortran and G77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Project Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1.6.1 Varying Length Character Strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 2 2 3 3 4 4
Part I: Invoking GNU Fortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 GNU Fortran Command Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

2.1 2.2 2.3 2.4 2.5 2.6 2.7 2.8 2.9 2.10 Option summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Options controlling Fortran dialect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Enable and customize preprocessing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Options to request or suppress errors and warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Options for debugging your program or GNU Fortran . . . . . . . . . . 16 Options for directory search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Inuencing the linking step . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Inuencing runtime behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Options for code generation conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Environment variables aecting gfortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Runtime: Inuencing runtime behavior with environment variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

3.1 3.2 3.3 3.4 GFORTRAN_STDIN_UNITUnit number for standard input . . . . . . 25 GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNITUnit number for standard output . . . . 25 GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNITUnit number for standard error . . . . . . 25 GFORTRAN_USE_STDERRSend library output to standard error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 3.5 GFORTRAN_TMPDIRDirectory for scratch les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 3.6 GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALLDont buer I/O on all units . . . . . 25 3.7 GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_PRECONNECTEDDont buer I/O on preconnected units . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 3.8 GFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUSShow location for runtime errors . . . . . . 25 3.9 GFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUSPrint leading + where permitted . . 26 3.10 GFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECLDefault record length for new les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 3.11 GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATORSeparator for list output . . . . . . . . 26 3.12 GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNITSet endianness for unformatted I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 3.13 GFORTRAN_ERROR_DUMPCOREDump core on run-time errors . . 27
iv
The GNU Fortran Compiler 3.14 GFORTRAN_ERROR_BACKTRACEShow backtrace on run-time errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Part II: Language Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 4 Fortran 2003 and 2008 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

4.1 4.2 Fortran 2003 status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Fortran 2008 status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
Compiler Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
5.1 5.2 KIND Type Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Internal representation of LOGICAL variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
6.1 Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.1 Old-style kind specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.2 Old-style variable initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.3 Extensions to namelist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.4 X format descriptor without count eld . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.5 Commas in FORMAT specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.6 Missing period in FORMAT specications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.7 I/O item lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.8 BOZ literal constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.9 Real array indices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.10 Unary operators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.11 Implicitly convert LOGICAL and INTEGER values . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.12 Hollerith constants support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.13 Cray pointers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.14 CONVERT specier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.15 OpenMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.1.16 Argument list functions %VAL, %REF and %LOC . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2 Extensions not implemented in GNU Fortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.1 STRUCTURE and RECORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.2 ENCODE and DECODE statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6.2.3 Variable FORMAT expressions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 35 35 36 37 37 37 37 37 38 38 38 38 39 41 41 42 42 43 44 44
Mixed-Language Programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
7.1 Interoperability with C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 7.1.1 Intrinsic Types . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 7.1.2 Derived Types and struct . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 7.1.3 Interoperable Global Variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 7.1.4 Interoperable Subroutines and Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48 7.1.5 Further Interoperability of Fortran with C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 7.2 GNU Fortran Compiler Directives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50 7.3 Non-Fortran Main Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 7.3.1 _gfortran_set_args Save command-line arguments . . . 51 7.3.2 _gfortran_set_options Set library option ags . . . . . . . 51 7.3.3 _gfortran_set_convert Set endian conversion . . . . . . . . 52 7.3.4 _gfortran_set_record_marker Set length of record markers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 7.3.5 _gfortran_set_fpe Set when a Floating Point Exception should be raised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 7.3.6 _gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length Set subrecord length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Intrinsic Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
8.1 8.2 8.3 8.4 8.5 8.6 8.7 8.8 8.9 8.10 8.11 8.12 8.13 8.14 8.15 8.16 8.17 8.18 8.19 8.20 8.21 8.22 8.23 8.24 8.25 8.26 8.27 8.28 Introduction to intrinsic procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABORT Abort the program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ABS Absolute value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACCESS Checks le access modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACHAR Character in ASCII collating sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACOS Arccosine function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ACOSH Inverse hyperbolic cosine function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUSTL Left adjust a string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ADJUSTR Right adjust a string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AIMAG Imaginary part of complex number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AINT Truncate to a whole number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALARM Execute a routine after a given delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALL All values in MASK along DIM are true . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ALLOCATED Status of an allocatable entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AND Bitwise logical AND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANINT Nearest whole number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ANY Any value in MASK along DIM is true . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASIN Arcsine function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASINH Inverse hyperbolic sine function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ASSOCIATED Status of a pointer or pointer/target pair . . . . . ATAN Arctangent function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATAN2 Arctangent function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ATANH Inverse hyperbolic tangent function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BESSEL_J0 Bessel function of the rst kind of order 0 . . . . . . BESSEL_J1 Bessel function of the rst kind of order 1 . . . . . . BESSEL_JN Bessel function of the rst kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . BESSEL_Y0 Bessel function of the second kind of order 0 . . . BESSEL_Y1 Bessel function of the second kind of order 1 . . . 55 55 56 56 57 58 58 59 59 60 60 61 62 63 63 64 64 65 66 66 68 68 69 69 70 70 71 72
vi 8.29 8.30 8.31 8.32 8.33 8.34
The GNU Fortran Compiler BESSEL_YN Bessel function of the second kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 BIT_SIZE Bit size inquiry function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 BTEST Bit test function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 C_ASSOCIATED Status of a C pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 C_FUNLOC Obtain the C address of a procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 C_F_PROCPOINTER Convert C into Fortran procedure pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 8.35 C_F_POINTER Convert C into Fortran pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 8.36 C_LOC Obtain the C address of an object . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 8.37 C_SIZEOF Size in bytes of an expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 8.38 CEILING Integer ceiling function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 8.39 CHAR Character conversion function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 8.40 CHDIR Change working directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 8.41 CHMOD Change access permissions of les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 8.42 CMPLX Complex conversion function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 8.43 COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT Get number of command line arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 8.44 COMPLEX Complex conversion function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 8.45 CONJG Complex conjugate function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 8.46 COS Cosine function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 8.47 COSH Hyperbolic cosine function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 8.48 COUNT Count function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 8.49 CPU_TIME CPU elapsed time in seconds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 8.50 CSHIFT Circular shift elements of an array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 8.51 CTIME Convert a time into a string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 8.52 DATE_AND_TIME Date and time subroutine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 8.53 DBLE Double conversion function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 8.54 DCMPLX Double complex conversion function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 8.55 DFLOAT Double conversion function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 8.56 DIGITS Signicant binary digits function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 8.57 DIM Positive dierence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 8.58 DOT_PRODUCT Dot product function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 8.59 DPROD Double product function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 8.60 DREAL Double real part function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 8.61 DTIME Execution time subroutine (or function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 8.62 EOSHIFT End-o shift elements of an array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 8.63 EPSILON Epsilon function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 8.64 ERF Error function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 8.65 ERFC Error function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 8.66 ERFC_SCALED Error function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 8.67 ETIME Execution time subroutine (or function) . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 8.68 EXIT Exit the program with status. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 8.69 EXP Exponential function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 8.70 EXPONENT Exponent function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 8.71 FDATE Get the current time as a string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 8.72 FLOAT Convert integer to default real . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 8.73 FGET Read a single character in stream mode from stdin . . 100 8.74 FGETC Read a single character in stream mode . . . . . . . . . . . . 100
vii 8.75 8.76 8.77 8.78 8.79 8.80 8.81 8.82 8.83 8.84 8.85 8.86 8.87 8.88 8.89 8.90 8.91 8.92 FLOOR Integer oor function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 FLUSH Flush I/O unit(s) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 FNUM File number function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 FPUT Write a single character in stream mode to stdout . . . 103 FPUTC Write a single character in stream mode . . . . . . . . . . . 103 FRACTION Fractional part of the model representation . . . . 104 FREE Frees memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 FSEEK Low level le positioning subroutine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 FSTAT Get le status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 FTELL Current stream position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 GAMMA Gamma function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 GERROR Get last system error message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 GETARG Get command line arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 GET_COMMAND Get the entire command line . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT Get command line arguments . . . . 110 GETCWD Get current working directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 GETENV Get an environmental variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE Get an environmental variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 8.93 GETGID Group ID function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 8.94 GETLOG Get login name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 8.95 GETPID Process ID function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 8.96 GETUID User ID function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 8.97 GMTIME Convert time to GMT info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 8.98 HOSTNM Get system host name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 8.99 HUGE Largest number of a kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 8.100 HYPOT Euclidean distance function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 8.101 IACHAR Code in ASCII collating sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 8.102 IAND Bitwise logical and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 8.103 IARGC Get the number of command line arguments . . . . . . 117 8.104 IBCLR Clear bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 8.105 IBITS Bit extraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 8.106 IBSET Set bit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 8.107 ICHAR Character-to-integer conversion function . . . . . . . . . . 119 8.108 IDATE Get current local time subroutine (day/month/year) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 8.109 IEOR Bitwise logical exclusive or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 8.110 IERRNO Get the last system error number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 8.111 INDEX Position of a substring within a string . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 8.112 INT Convert to integer type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 8.113 INT2 Convert to 16-bit integer type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 8.114 INT8 Convert to 64-bit integer type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 8.115 IOR Bitwise logical or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 8.116 IRAND Integer pseudo-random number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 8.117 IS_IOSTAT_END Test for end-of-le value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 8.118 IS_IOSTAT_EOR Test for end-of-record value . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 8.119 ISATTY Whether a unit is a terminal device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 8.120 ISHFT Shift bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
viii
The GNU Fortran Compiler 8.121 ISHFTC Shift bits circularly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 8.122 ISNAN Test for a NaN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 8.123 ITIME Get current local time subroutine (hour/minutes/seconds) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 8.124 KILL Send a signal to a process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 8.125 KIND Kind of an entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 8.126 LBOUND Lower dimension bounds of an array . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 8.127 LEADZ Number of leading zero bits of an integer . . . . . . . . . 129 8.128 LEN Length of a character entity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 8.129 LEN_TRIM Length of a character entity without trailing blank characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 8.130 LGE Lexical greater than or equal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 8.131 LGT Lexical greater than . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 8.132 LINK Create a hard link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 8.133 LLE Lexical less than or equal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 8.134 LLT Lexical less than . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 8.135 LNBLNK Index of the last non-blank character in a string . . 133 8.136 LOC Returns the address of a variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 8.137 LOG Logarithm function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 8.138 LOG10 Base 10 logarithm function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 8.139 LOG_GAMMA Logarithm of the Gamma function . . . . . . . . . . . 135 8.140 LOGICAL Convert to logical type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 8.141 LONG Convert to integer type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 8.142 LSHIFT Left shift bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 8.143 LSTAT Get le status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 8.144 LTIME Convert time to local time info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 8.145 MALLOC Allocate dynamic memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 8.146 MATMUL matrix multiplication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 8.147 MAX Maximum value of an argument list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 8.148 MAXEXPONENT Maximum exponent of a real kind . . . . . . . . . 140 8.149 MAXLOC Location of the maximum value within an array . . 141 8.150 MAXVAL Maximum value of an array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 8.151 MCLOCK Time function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 8.152 MCLOCK8 Time function (64-bit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 8.153 MERGE Merge variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 8.154 MIN Minimum value of an argument list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 8.155 MINEXPONENT Minimum exponent of a real kind . . . . . . . . . 144 8.156 MINLOC Location of the minimum value within an array . . 144 8.157 MINVAL Minimum value of an array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 8.158 MOD Remainder function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 8.159 MODULO Modulo function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 8.160 MOVE_ALLOC Move allocation from one object to another . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 8.161 MVBITS Move bits from one integer to another . . . . . . . . . . . 148 8.162 NEAREST Nearest representable number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 8.163 NEW_LINE New line character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 8.164 NINT Nearest whole number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 8.165 NOT Logical negation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
ix 8.166 NULL Function that returns an disassociated pointer . . . . . 150 8.167 OR Bitwise logical OR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 8.168 PACK Pack an array into an array of rank one . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 8.169 PERROR Print system error message . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 8.170 PRECISION Decimal precision of a real kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 8.171 PRESENT Determine whether an optional dummy argument is specied . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 8.172 PRODUCT Product of array elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 8.173 RADIX Base of a model number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 8.174 RAN Real pseudo-random number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 8.175 RAND Real pseudo-random number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 8.176 RANDOM_NUMBER Pseudo-random number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 8.177 RANDOM_SEED Initialize a pseudo-random number sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 8.178 RANGE Decimal exponent range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 8.179 REAL Convert to real type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 8.180 RENAME Rename a le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 8.181 REPEAT Repeated string concatenation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 8.182 RESHAPE Function to reshape an array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 8.183 RRSPACING Reciprocal of the relative spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 8.184 RSHIFT Right shift bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 8.185 SCALE Scale a real value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 8.186 SCAN Scan a string for the presence of a set of characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 8.187 SECNDS Time function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 8.188 SECOND CPU time function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 8.189 SELECTED_CHAR_KIND Choose character kind . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 8.190 SELECTED_INT_KIND Choose integer kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 8.191 SELECTED_REAL_KIND Choose real kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 8.192 SET_EXPONENT Set the exponent of the model . . . . . . . . . . . 164 8.193 SHAPE Determine the shape of an array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 8.194 SIGN Sign copying function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 8.195 SIGNAL Signal handling subroutine (or function) . . . . . . . . . 166 8.196 SIN Sine function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 8.197 SINH Hyperbolic sine function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 8.198 SIZE Determine the size of an array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 8.199 SIZEOF Size in bytes of an expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 8.200 SLEEP Sleep for the specied number of seconds . . . . . . . . . 169 8.201 SNGL Convert double precision real to default real . . . . . . . 169 8.202 SPACING Smallest distance between two numbers of a given type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 8.203 SPREAD Add a dimension to an array . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 8.204 SQRT Square-root function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 8.205 SRAND Reinitialize the random number generator . . . . . . . . 171 8.206 STAT Get le status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 8.207 SUM Sum of array elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 8.208 SYMLNK Create a symbolic link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 8.209 SYSTEM Execute a shell command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174
The GNU Fortran Compiler 8.210 SYSTEM_CLOCK Time function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 8.211 TAN Tangent function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 8.212 TANH Hyperbolic tangent function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 8.213 TIME Time function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 8.214 TIME8 Time function (64-bit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 8.215 TINY Smallest positive number of a real kind . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 8.216 TRAILZ Number of trailing zero bits of an integer . . . . . . . . 178 8.217 TRANSFER Transfer bit patterns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 8.218 TRANSPOSE Transpose an array of rank two . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 8.219 TRIM Remove trailing blank characters of a string . . . . . . . 179 8.220 TTYNAM Get the name of a terminal device. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 8.221 UBOUND Upper dimension bounds of an array . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 8.222 UMASK Set the le creation mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 8.223 UNLINK Remove a le from the le system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 8.224 UNPACK Unpack an array of rank one into an array . . . . . . 182 8.225 VERIFY Scan a string for the absence of a set of characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 8.226 XOR Bitwise logical exclusive OR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
Intrinsic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

9.1 ISO_FORTRAN_ENV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 9.2 ISO_C_BINDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 9.3 OpenMP Modules OMP_LIB and OMP_LIB_KINDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Contributing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
Contributors to GNU Fortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Proposed Extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Compiler extensions: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Environment Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 190 190 190 191
GNU General Public License . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193 GNU Free Documentation License . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents . . . . . . . . 211
Funding Free Software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213 Option Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 215 Keyword Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 217
Chapter 1: Introduction
1 Introduction
This manual documents the use of gfortran, the GNU Fortran compiler. You can nd in this manual how to invoke gfortran, as well as its features and incompatibilities. The GNU Fortran compiler front end was designed initially as a free replacement for, or alternative to, the unix f95 command; gfortran is the command youll use to invoke the compiler.
1.1 About GNU Fortran

The GNU Fortran compiler supports the Fortran 77, 90 and 95 standards completely, parts of the Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 standards, and several vendor extensions. The development goal is to provide the following features: Read a users program, stored in a le and containing instructions written in Fortran 77, Fortran 90, Fortran 95, Fortran 2003 or Fortran 2008. This le contains source code. Translate the users program into instructions a computer can carry out more quickly than it takes to translate the instructions in the rst place. The result after compilation of a program is machine code, code designed to be eciently translated and processed by a machine such as your computer. Humans usually arent as good writing machine code as they are at writing Fortran (or C++, Ada, or Java), because it is easy to make tiny mistakes writing machine code. Provide the user with information about the reasons why the compiler is unable to create a binary from the source code. Usually this will be the case if the source code is awed. The Fortran 90 standard requires that the compiler can point out mistakes to the user. An incorrect usage of the language causes an error message. The compiler will also attempt to diagnose cases where the users program contains a correct usage of the language, but instructs the computer to do something questionable. This kind of diagnostics message is called a warning message. Provide optional information about the translation passes from the source code to machine code. This can help a user of the compiler to nd the cause of certain bugs which may not be obvious in the source code, but may be more easily found at a lower level compiler output. It also helps developers to nd bugs in the compiler itself. Provide information in the generated machine code that can make it easier to nd bugs in the program (using a debugging tool, called a debugger, such as the GNU Debugger gdb). Locate and gather machine code already generated to perform actions requested by statements in the users program. This machine code is organized into modules and is located and linked to the user program. The GNU Fortran compiler consists of several components: A version of the gcc command (which also might be installed as the systems cc command) that also understands and accepts Fortran source code. The gcc command is the driver program for all the languages in the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC); With gcc, you can compile the source code of any language for which a front end is available in GCC.
The GNU Fortran Compiler
The gfortran command itself, which also might be installed as the systems f95 command. gfortran is just another driver program, but specically for the Fortran compiler only. The dierence with gcc is that gfortran will automatically link the correct libraries to your program. A collection of run-time libraries. These libraries contain the machine code needed to support capabilities of the Fortran language that are not directly provided by the machine code generated by the gfortran compilation phase, such as intrinsic functions and subroutines, and routines for interaction with les and the operating system. The Fortran compiler itself, (f951). This is the GNU Fortran parser and code generator, linked to and interfaced with the GCC backend library. f951 translates the source code to assembler code. You would typically not use this program directly; instead, the gcc or gfortran driver programs will call it for you.
1.2 GNU Fortran and GCC

GNU Fortran is a part of GCC, the GNU Compiler Collection. GCC consists of a collection of front ends for various languages, which translate the source code into a languageindependent form called GENERIC. This is then processed by a common middle end which provides optimization, and then passed to one of a collection of back ends which generate code for dierent computer architectures and operating systems. Functionally, this is implemented with a driver program (gcc) which provides the command-line interface for the compiler. It calls the relevant compiler front-end program (e.g., f951 for Fortran) for each le in the source code, and then calls the assembler and linker as appropriate to produce the compiled output. In a copy of GCC which has been compiled with Fortran language support enabled, gcc will recognize les with .f, .for, .ftn, .f90, .f95, .f03 and .f08 extensions as Fortran source code, and compile it accordingly. A gfortran driver program is also provided, which is identical to gcc except that it automatically links the Fortran runtime libraries into the compiled program. Source les with .f, .for, .fpp, .ftn, .F, .FOR, .FPP, and .FTN extensions are treated as xed form. Source les with .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08, .F90, .F95, .F03 and .F08 extensions are treated as free form. The capitalized versions of either form are run through preprocessing. Source les with the lower case .fpp extension are also run through preprocessing. This manual specically documents the Fortran front end, which handles the programming languages syntax and semantics. The aspects of GCC which relate to the optimization passes and the back-end code generation are documented in the GCC manual; see Section Introduction in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC). The two manuals together provide a complete reference for the GNU Fortran compiler.
1.3 Preprocessing and conditional compilation

Many Fortran compilers including GNU Fortran allow passing the source code through a C preprocessor (CPP; sometimes also called the Fortran preprocessor, FPP) to allow for conditional compilation. In the case of GNU Fortran, this is the GNU C Preprocessor in the traditional mode. On systems with case-preserving le names, the preprocessor is automatically invoked if the lename extension is .F, .FOR, .FTN, .fpp, .FPP, .F90, .F95,
.F03 or .F08. To manually invoke the preprocessor on any le, use -cpp, to disable preprocessing on les where the preprocessor is run automatically, use -nocpp. If a preprocessed le includes another le with the Fortran INCLUDE statement, the included le is not preprocessed. To preprocess included les, use the equivalent preprocessor statement #include. If GNU Fortran invokes the preprocessor, __GFORTRAN__ is dened and __GNUC__, _ _GNUC_MINOR__ and __GNUC_PATCHLEVEL__ can be used to determine the version of the compiler. See Section Overview in The C Preprocessor for details. While CPP is the de-facto standard for preprocessing Fortran code, Part 3 of the Fortran 95 standard (ISO/IEC 1539-3:1998) denes Conditional Compilation, which is not widely used and not directly supported by the GNU Fortran compiler. You can use the program coco to preprocess such les (http://users.erols.com/dnagle/coco.html).
1.4 GNU Fortran and G77

The GNU Fortran compiler is the successor to g77, the Fortran 77 front end included in GCC prior to version 4. It is an entirely new program that has been designed to provide Fortran 95 support and extensibility for future Fortran language standards, as well as providing backwards compatibility for Fortran 77 and nearly all of the GNU language extensions supported by g77.
1.5 Project Status

As soon as gfortran can parse all of the statements correctly, it will be in the larva state. When we generate code, the puppa state. When gfortran is done, well see if it will be a beautiful buttery, or just a big bug.... Andy Vaught, April 2000 The start of the GNU Fortran 95 project was announced on the GCC homepage in March 18, 2000 (even though Andy had already been working on it for a while, of course). The GNU Fortran compiler is able to compile nearly all standard-compliant Fortran 95, Fortran 90, and Fortran 77 programs, including a number of standard and non-standard extensions, and can be used on real-world programs. In particular, the supported extensions include OpenMP, Cray-style pointers, and several Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 features such as enumeration, stream I/O, and some of the enhancements to allocatable array support from TR 15581. However, it is still under development and has a few remaining rough edges. At present, the GNU Fortran compiler passes the NIST Fortran 77 Test Suite, and produces acceptable results on the LAPACK Test Suite. It also provides respectable performance on the Polyhedron Fortran compiler benchmarks and the Livermore Fortran Kernels test. It has been used to compile a number of large real-world programs, including the HIRLAM weather-forecasting code and the Tonto quantum chemistry package; see http://gcc.gnu.org/wiki/GfortranApps for an extended list. Among other things, the GNU Fortran compiler is intended as a replacement for G77. At this point, nearly all programs that could be compiled with G77 can be compiled with GNU Fortran, although there are a few minor known regressions. The primary work remaining to be done on GNU Fortran falls into three categories: bug xing (primarily regarding the treatment of invalid code and providing useful error
messages), improving the compiler optimizations and the performance of compiled code, and extending the compiler to support future standardsin particular, Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008.
1.6 Standards
The GNU Fortran compiler implements ISO/IEC 1539:1997 (Fortran 95). As such, it can also compile essentially all standard-compliant Fortran 90 and Fortran 77 programs. It also supports the ISO/IEC TR-15581 enhancements to allocatable arrays, and the OpenMP Application Program Interface v2.5 specication. In the future, the GNU Fortran compiler will also support ISO/IEC 1539-1:2004 (Fortran 2003) and future Fortran standards. Partial support of that standard is already provided; the current status of Fortran 2003 support is reported in the Section 4.1 [Fortran 2003 status], page 31 section of the documentation. The next version of the Fortran standard (Fortran 2008) is currently being developed and the GNU Fortran compiler supports some of its new features. This support is based on the latest draft of the standard (available from http://www.nag.co.uk/sc22wg5/) and no guarantee of future compatibility is made, as the nal standard might dier from the draft. For more information, see the Section 4.2 [Fortran 2008 status], page 32 section. Additionally, the GNU Fortran compilers supports the OpenMP specication (version 3.0, http://openmp.org/wp/openmp-specifications/).
1.6.1 Varying Length Character Strings

The Fortran 95 standard species in Part 2 (ISO/IEC 1539-2:2000) varying length character strings. While GNU Fortran currently does not support such strings directly, there exist two Fortran implementations for them, which work with GNU Fortran. They can be found at http://www.fortran.com/iso_varying_string.f95 and at ftp://ftp.nag.co.uk/ sc22wg5/ISO_VARYING_STRING/.
Part I: Invoking GNU Fortran
Chapter 2: GNU Fortran Command Options
2 GNU Fortran Command Options

The gfortran command supports all the options supported by the gcc command. Only options specic to GNU Fortran are documented here. See Section GCC Command Options in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for information on the non-Fortran-specic aspects of the gcc command (and, therefore, the gfortran command). All GCC and GNU Fortran options are accepted both by gfortran and by gcc (as well as any other drivers built at the same time, such as g++), since adding GNU Fortran to the GCC distribution enables acceptance of GNU Fortran options by all of the relevant drivers. In some cases, options have positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo. This manual documents only one of these two forms, whichever one is not the default.
2.1 Option summary

Here is a summary of all the options specic to GNU Fortran, grouped by type. Explanations are in the following sections. Fortran Language Options See Section 2.2 [Options controlling Fortran dialect], page 8.
-fall-intrinsics -ffree-form -fno-fixed-form -fdollar-ok -fimplicit-none -fmax-identifier-length -std=std -fd-lines-as-code -fd-lines-as-comments -ffixed-line-length-n -ffixed-line-length-none -ffree-line-length-n -ffree-line-length-none -fdefault-double-8 -fdefault-integer-8 -fdefault-real-8 -fcray-pointer -fopenmp -fno-range-check -fbackslash -fmodule-private
Preprocessing Options See Section 2.3 [Enable and customize preprocessing], page 10.
-cpp -dD -dI -dM -dN -dU -fworking-directory -imultilib dir -iprefix file -isysroot dir -iquote -isystem dir -nocpp -nostdinc -undef -Aquestion =answer -A-question [=answer ] -C -CC -Dmacro [=defn ] -Umacro -H -P
Error and Warning Options See Section 2.4 [Options to request or suppress errors and warnings], page 13.
-fmax-errors=n -fsyntax-only -pedantic -pedantic-errors -Wall -Waliasing -Wampersand -Warray-bounds -Wcharacter-truncation -Wconversion -Wimplicit-interface -Wimplicit-procedure -Wline-truncation -Wintrinsics-std -Wsurprising -Wno-tabs -Wunderflow -Wunused-parameter -Wintrinsics-shadow -Wno-align-commons
Debugging Options See Section 2.5 [Options for debugging your program or GNU Fortran], page 16.
-fdump-parse-tree -ffpe-trap=list -fdump-core -fbacktrace
Directory Options See Section 2.6 [Options for directory search], page 17.
-Idir -Jdir -fintrinsic-modules-path dir
Link Options See Section 2.7 [Options for inuencing the linking step], page 17.
-static-libgfortran
Runtime Options See Section 2.8 [Options for inuencing runtime behavior], page 17.
-fconvert=conversion -fno-range-check -frecord-marker=length -fmax-subrecord-length=length -fsign-zero
Code Generation Options See Section 2.9 [Options for code generation conventions], page 18.
-fno-automatic -ff2c -fno-underscoring -fwhole-file -fsecond-underscore -fbounds-check -fcheck-array-temporaries -fmax-array-constructor =n -fcheck=<all|array-temps|bounds|do|mem|pointer|recursion> -fmax-stack-varsize=n -fpack-derived -frepack-arrays -fshort-enums -fexternal-blas -fblas-matmul-limit=n -frecursive -finit-local-zero -finit-integer=n -finit-real=<zero|inf|-inf|nan|snan> -finit-logical=<true|false> -finit-character=n -fno-align-commons -fno-protect-parens
2.2 Options controlling Fortran dialect

The following options control the details of the Fortran dialect accepted by the compiler: -ffree-form -ffixed-form Specify the layout used by the source le. The free form layout was introduced in Fortran 90. Fixed form was traditionally used in older Fortran programs. When neither option is specied, the source form is determined by the le extension. -fall-intrinsics This option causes all intrinsic procedures (including the GNU-specic extensions) to be accepted. This can be useful with -std=f95 to force standardcompliance but get access to the full range of intrinsics available with gfortran. As a consequence, -Wintrinsics-std will be ignored and no user-dened procedure with the same name as any intrinsic will be called except when it is explicitly declared EXTERNAL. -fd-lines-as-code -fd-lines-as-comments Enable special treatment for lines beginning with d or D in xed form sources. If the -fd-lines-as-code option is given they are treated as if the rst column contained a blank. If the -fd-lines-as-comments option is given, they are treated as comment lines. -fdefault-double-8 Set the DOUBLE PRECISION type to an 8 byte wide type. If -fdefault-real-8 is given, DOUBLE PRECISION would instead be promoted to 16 bytes if possible,
and -fdefault-double-8 can be used to prevent this. The kind of real constants like 1.d0 will not be changed by -fdefault-real-8 though, so also -fdefault-double-8 does not aect it. -fdefault-integer-8 Set the default integer and logical types to an 8 byte wide type. Do nothing if this is already the default. This option also aects the kind of integer constants like 42. -fdefault-real-8 Set the default real type to an 8 byte wide type. Do nothing if this is already the default. This option also aects the kind of non-double real constants like 1.0, and does promote the default width of DOUBLE PRECISION to 16 bytes if possible, unless -fdefault-double-8 is given, too. -fdollar-ok Allow $ as a valid non-rst character in a symbol name. Symbols that start with $ are rejected since it is unclear which rules to apply to implicit typing as dierent vendors implement dierent rules. Using $ in IMPLICIT statements is also rejected. -fbackslash Change the interpretation of backslashes in string literals from a single backslash character to C-style escape characters. The following combinations are expanded \a, \b, \f, \n, \r, \t, \v, \\, and \0 to the ASCII characters alert, backspace, form feed, newline, carriage return, horizontal tab, vertical tab, backslash, and NUL, respectively. Additionally, \xnn, \unnnn and \Unnnnnnnn (where each n is a hexadecimal digit) are translated into the Unicode characters corresponding to the specied code points. All other combinations of a character preceded by \ are unexpanded. -fmodule-private Set the default accessibility of module entities to PRIVATE. Use-associated entities will not be accessible unless they are explicitly declared as PUBLIC. -ffixed-line-length-n Set column after which characters are ignored in typical xed-form lines in the source le, and through which spaces are assumed (as if padded to that length) after the ends of short xed-form lines. Popular values for n include 72 (the standard and the default), 80 (card image), and 132 (corresponding to extended-source options in some popular compilers). n may also be none, meaning that the entire line is meaningful and that continued character constants never have implicit spaces appended to them to ll out the line. -ffixed-line-length-0 means the same thing as -ffixed-line-length-none. -ffree-line-length-n Set column after which characters are ignored in typical free-form lines in the source le. The default value is 132. n may be none, meaning that the entire line is meaningful. -ffree-line-length-0 means the same thing as -ffree-line-length-none.
10
-fmax-identifier-length=n Specify the maximum allowed identier length. Typical values are 31 (Fortran 95) and 63 (Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008). -fimplicit-none Specify that no implicit typing is allowed, unless overridden by explicit IMPLICIT statements. This is the equivalent of adding implicit none to the start of every procedure. -fcray-pointer Enable the Cray pointer extension, which provides C-like pointer functionality. -fopenmp Enable the OpenMP extensions. This includes OpenMP !$omp directives in free form and c$omp, *$omp and !$omp directives in xed form, !$ conditional compilation sentinels in free form and c$, *$ and !$ sentinels in xed form, and when linking arranges for the OpenMP runtime library to be linked in. The option -fopenmp implies -frecursive.
-fno-range-check Disable range checking on results of simplication of constant expressions during compilation. For example, GNU Fortran will give an error at compile time when simplifying a = 1. / 0. With this option, no error will be given and a will be assigned the value +Infinity. If an expression evaluates to a value outside of the relevant range of [-HUGE():HUGE()], then the expression will be replaced by -Inf or +Inf as appropriate. Similarly, DATA i/ZFFFFFFFF/ will result in an integer overow on most systems, but with -fno-range-check the value will wrap around and i will be initialized to 1 instead. -std=std Specify the standard to which the program is expected to conform, which may be one of f95, f2003, f2008, gnu, or legacy. The default value for std is gnu, which species a superset of the Fortran 95 standard that includes all of the extensions supported by GNU Fortran, although warnings will be given for obsolete extensions not recommended for use in new code. The legacy value is equivalent but without the warnings for obsolete extensions, and may be useful for old non-standard programs. The f95, f2003 and f2008 values specify strict conformance to the Fortran 95, Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 standards, respectively; errors are given for all extensions beyond the relevant language standard, and warnings are given for the Fortran 77 features that are permitted but obsolescent in later standards.
2.3 Enable and customize preprocessing

Preprocessor related options. See section Section 1.3 [Preprocessing and conditional compilation], page 2 for more detailed information on preprocessing in gfortran. -cpp -nocpp Enable preprocessing. The preprocessor is automatically invoked if the le extension is .fpp, .FPP, .F, .FOR, .FTN, .F90, .F95, .F03 or .F08. Use this option to manually enable preprocessing of any kind of Fortran le. To disable preprocessing of les with any of the above listed extensions, use the negative form: -nocpp.
11
The preprocessor is run in traditional mode, be aware that any restrictions of the le-format, e.g. xed-form line width, apply for preprocessed output as well. -dM Instead of the normal output, generate a list of #define directives for all the macros dened during the execution of the preprocessor, including predened macros. This gives you a way of nding out what is predened in your version of the preprocessor. Assuming you have no le foo.f90, the command
touch foo.f90; gfortran -cpp -dM foo.f90
will show all the predened macros. -dD Like -dM except in two respects: it does not include the predened macros, and it outputs both the #define directives and the result of preprocessing. Both kinds of output go to the standard output le. Like -dD, but emit only the macro names, not their expansions. Like dD except that only macros that are expanded, or whose denedness is tested in preprocessor directives, are output; the output is delayed until the use or test of the macro; and #undef directives are also output for macros tested but undened at the time. Output #include directives in addition to the result of preprocessing.
-dN -dU
-dI
-fworking-directory Enable generation of linemarkers in the preprocessor output that will let the compiler know the current working directory at the time of preprocessing. When this option is enabled, the preprocessor will emit, after the initial linemarker, a second linemarker with the current working directory followed by two slashes. GCC will use this directory, when its present in the preprocessed input, as the directory emitted as the current working directory in some debugging information formats. This option is implicitly enabled if debugging information is enabled, but this can be inhibited with the negated form -fno-working-directory. If the -P ag is present in the command line, this option has no eect, since no #line directives are emitted whatsoever. -idirafter dir Search dir for include les, but do it after all directories specied with -I and the standard system directories have been exhausted. dir is treated as a system include directory. If dir begins with =, then the = will be replaced by the sysroot prex; see --sysroot and -isysroot. -imultilib dir Use dir as a subdirectory of the directory containing target-specic C++ headers. -iprefix prefix Specify prex as the prex for subsequent -iwithprefix options. If the prex represents a directory, you should include the nal /. -isysroot dir This option is like the --sysroot option, but applies only to header les. See the --sysroot option for more information.
12
-iquote dir Search dir only for header les requested with #include "file"; they are not searched for #include <file>, before all directories specied by -I and before the standard system directories. If dir begins with =, then the = will be replaced by the sysroot prex; see --sysroot and -isysroot. -isystem dir Search dir for header les, after all directories specied by -I but before the standard system directories. Mark it as a system directory, so that it gets the same special treatment as is applied to the standard system directories. If dir begins with =, then the = will be replaced by the sysroot prex; see --sysroot and -isysroot. -nostdinc Do not search the standard system directories for header les. Only the directories you have specied with -I options (and the directory of the current le, if appropriate) are searched. -undef Do not predene any system-specic or GCC-specic macros. The standard predened macros remain dened.
-Apredicate =answer Make an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer. This form is preferred to the older form -A predicate(answer), which is still supported, because it does not use shell special characters. -A-predicate =answer Cancel an assertion with the predicate predicate and answer answer. -C Do not discard comments. All comments are passed through to the output le, except for comments in processed directives, which are deleted along with the directive. You should be prepared for side eects when using -C; it causes the preprocessor to treat comments as tokens in their own right. For example, comments appearing at the start of what would be a directive line have the eect of turning that line into an ordinary source line, since the rst token on the line is no longer a #. Warning: this currently handles C-Style comments only. The preprocessor does not yet recognize Fortran-style comments. Do not discard comments, including during macro expansion. This is like -C, except that comments contained within macros are also passed through to the output le where the macro is expanded. In addition to the side-eects of the -C option, the -CC option causes all C++-style comments inside a macro to be converted to C-style comments. This is to prevent later use of that macro from inadvertently commenting out the remainder of the source line. The -CC option is generally used to support lint comments. Warning: this currently handles C- and C++-Style comments only. The preprocessor does not yet recognize Fortran-style comments.
-CC
13
-Dname
Predene name as a macro, with denition 1.
-Dname =definition The contents of denition are tokenized and processed as if they appeared during translation phase three in a #define directive. In particular, the denition will be truncated by embedded newline characters. If you are invoking the preprocessor from a shell or shell-like program you may need to use the shells quoting syntax to protect characters such as spaces that have a meaning in the shell syntax. If you wish to dene a function-like macro on the command line, write its argument list with surrounding parentheses before the equals sign (if any). Parentheses are meaningful to most shells, so you will need to quote the option. With sh and csh, -Dname(args...)=definition works. -D and -U options are processed in the order they are given on the command line. All -imacros le and -include le options are processed after all -D and -U options. -H -P Print the name of each header le used, in addition to other normal activities. Each name is indented to show how deep in the #include stack it is. Inhibit generation of linemarkers in the output from the preprocessor. This might be useful when running the preprocessor on something that is not C code, and will be sent to a program which might be confused by the linemarkers. Cancel any previous denition of name, either built in or provided with a -D option.
-Uname
2.4 Options to request or suppress errors and warnings

Errors are diagnostic messages that report that the GNU Fortran compiler cannot compile the relevant piece of source code. The compiler will continue to process the program in an attempt to report further errors to aid in debugging, but will not produce any compiled output. Warnings are diagnostic messages that report constructions which are not inherently erroneous but which are risky or suggest there is likely to be a bug in the program. Unless -Werror is specied, they do not prevent compilation of the program. You can request many specic warnings with options beginning -W, for example -Wimplicit to request warnings on implicit declarations. Each of these specic warning options also has a negative form beginning -Wno- to turn o warnings; for example, -Wno-implicit. This manual lists only one of the two forms, whichever is not the default. These options control the amount and kinds of errors and warnings produced by GNU Fortran: -fmax-errors=n Limits the maximum number of error messages to n, at which point GNU Fortran bails out rather than attempting to continue processing the source code. If n is 0, there is no limit on the number of error messages produced.
14
-fsyntax-only Check the code for syntax errors, but dont actually compile it. This will generate module les for each module present in the code, but no other output le. -pedantic Issue warnings for uses of extensions to Fortran 95. -pedantic also applies to C-language constructs where they occur in GNU Fortran source les, such as use of \e in a character constant within a directive like #include. Valid Fortran 95 programs should compile properly with or without this option. However, without this option, certain GNU extensions and traditional Fortran features are supported as well. With this option, many of them are rejected. Some users try to use -pedantic to check programs for conformance. They soon nd that it does not do quite what they wantit nds some nonstandard practices, but not all. However, improvements to GNU Fortran in this area are welcome. This should be used in conjunction with -std=f95, -std=f2003 or -std=f2008. -pedantic-errors Like -pedantic, except that errors are produced rather than warnings. -Wall Enables commonly used warning options pertaining to usage that we recommend avoiding and that we believe are easy to avoid. This currently includes -Waliasing, -Wampersand, -Wsurprising, -Wintrinsics-std, -Wno-tabs, -Wintrinsic-shadow and -Wline-truncation. Warn about possible aliasing of dummy arguments. Specically, it warns if the same actual argument is associated with a dummy argument with INTENT(IN) and a dummy argument with INTENT(OUT) in a call with an explicit interface. The following example will trigger the warning.
interface subroutine bar(a,b) integer, intent(in) :: a integer, intent(out) :: b end subroutine end interface integer :: a call bar(a,a)
-Waliasing
-Wampersand Warn about missing ampersand in continued character constants. The warning is given with -Wampersand, -pedantic, -std=f95, -std=f2003 and -std=f2008. Note: With no ampersand given in a continued character constant, GNU Fortran assumes continuation at the rst non-comment, non-whitespace character after the ampersand that initiated the continuation.
15
-Warray-temporaries Warn about array temporaries generated by the compiler. The information generated by this warning is sometimes useful in optimization, in order to avoid such temporaries. -Wcharacter-truncation Warn when a character assignment will truncate the assigned string. -Wline-truncation Warn when a source code line will be truncated. -Wconversion Warn about implicit conversions between dierent types. -Wimplicit-interface Warn if a procedure is called without an explicit interface. Note this only checks that an explicit interface is present. It does not check that the declared interfaces are consistent across program units. -Wimplicit-procedure Warn if a procedure is called that has neither an explicit interface nor has been declared as EXTERNAL. -Wintrinsics-std Warn if gfortran nds a procedure named like an intrinsic not available in the currently selected standard (with -std) and treats it as EXTERNAL procedure because of this. -fall-intrinsics can be used to never trigger this behavior and always link to the intrinsic regardless of the selected standard. -Wsurprising Produce a warning when suspicious code constructs are encountered. While technically legal these usually indicate that an error has been made. This currently produces a warning under the following circumstances: An INTEGER SELECT construct has a CASE that can never be matched as its lower value is greater than its upper value. A LOGICAL SELECT construct has three CASE statements. A TRANSFER species a source that is shorter than the destination. The type of a function result is declared more than once with the same type. If -pedantic or standard-conforming mode is enabled, this is an error. A CHARACTER variable is declared with negative length. -Wtabs By default, tabs are accepted as whitespace, but tabs are not members of the Fortran Character Set. For continuation lines, a tab followed by a digit between 1 and 9 is supported. -Wno-tabs will cause a warning to be issued if a tab is encountered. Note, -Wno-tabs is active for -pedantic, -std=f95, -std=f2003, -std=f2008 and -Wall.
-Wunderflow Produce a warning when numerical constant expressions are encountered, which yield an UNDERFLOW during compilation.
16
-Wintrinsic-shadow Warn if a user-dened procedure or module procedure has the same name as an intrinsic; in this case, an explicit interface or EXTERNAL or INTRINSIC declaration might be needed to get calls later resolved to the desired intrinsic/procedure. -Wunused-parameter Contrary to gccs meaning of -Wunused-parameter, gfortrans implementation of this option does not warn about unused dummy arguments, but about unused PARAMETER values. -Wunused-parameter is not included in -Wall but is implied by -Wall -Wextra. -Walign-commons By default, gfortran warns about any occasion of variables being padded for proper alignment inside a COMMON block. This warning can be turned o via -Wno-align-commons. See also -falign-commons. -Werror Turns all warnings into errors.
See Section Options to Request or Suppress Errors and Warnings in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for information on more options oered by the GBE shared by gfortran, gcc and other GNU compilers. Some of these have no eect when compiling programs written in Fortran.
2.5 Options for debugging your program or GNU Fortran

GNU Fortran has various special options that are used for debugging either your program or the GNU Fortran compiler. -fdump-parse-tree Output the internal parse tree before starting code generation. Only really useful for debugging the GNU Fortran compiler itself. -ffpe-trap=list Specify a list of IEEE exceptions when a Floating Point Exception (FPE) should be raised. On most systems, this will result in a SIGFPE signal being sent and the program being interrupted, producing a core le useful for debugging. list is a (possibly empty) comma-separated list of the following IEEE exceptions: invalid (invalid oating point operation, such as SQRT(-1.0)), zero (division by zero), overflow (overow in a oating point operation), underflow (underow in a oating point operation), precision (loss of precision during operation) and denormal (operation produced a denormal value). Some of the routines in the Fortran runtime library, like CPU_TIME, are likely to trigger oating point exceptions when ffpe-trap=precision is used. For this reason, the use of ffpe-trap=precision is not recommended. -fbacktrace Specify that, when a runtime error is encountered or a deadly signal is emitted (segmentation fault, illegal instruction, bus error or oating-point exception), the Fortran runtime library should output a backtrace of the error. This option only has inuence for compilation of the Fortran main program.
17
-fdump-core Request that a core-dump le is written to disk when a runtime error is encountered on systems that support core dumps. This option is only eective for the compilation of the Fortran main program. See Section Options for Debugging Your Program or GCC in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for more information on debugging options.
2.6 Options for directory search

These options aect how GNU Fortran searches for les specied by the INCLUDE directive and where it searches for previously compiled modules. It also aects the search paths used by cpp when used to preprocess Fortran source. -Idir These aect interpretation of the INCLUDE directive (as well as of the #include directive of the cpp preprocessor). Also note that the general behavior of -I and INCLUDE is pretty much the same as of -I with #include in the cpp preprocessor, with regard to looking for header.gcc les and other such things. This path is also used to search for .mod les when previously compiled modules are required by a USE statement. See Section Options for Directory Search in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for information on the -I option. This option species where to put .mod les for compiled modules. It is also added to the list of directories to searched by an USE statement. The default is the current directory.
-Jdir
-fintrinsic-modules-path dir This option species the location of pre-compiled intrinsic modules, if they are not in the default location expected by the compiler.
2.7 Inuencing the linking step

These options come into play when the compiler links object les into an executable output le. They are meaningless if the compiler is not doing a link step. -static-libgfortran On systems that provide libgfortran as a shared and a static library, this option forces the use of the static version. If no shared version of libgfortran was built when the compiler was congured, this option has no eect.
2.8 Inuencing runtime behavior

These options aect the runtime behavior of programs compiled with GNU Fortran. -fconvert=conversion Specify the representation of data for unformatted les. Valid values for conversion are: native, the default; swap, swap between big- and little-endian; big-endian, use big-endian representation for unformatted les; little-endian, use little-endian representation for unformatted les.
18
This option has an eect only when used in the main program. The CONVERT specier and the GFORTRAN CONVERT UNIT environment variable override the default specied by -fconvert. -fno-range-check Disable range checking of input values during integer READ operations. For example, GNU Fortran will give an error if an input value is outside of the relevant range of [-HUGE():HUGE()]. In other words, with INTEGER (kind=4) :: i , attempting to read 2147483648 will give an error unless -fno-range-check is given. -frecord-marker=length Specify the length of record markers for unformatted les. Valid values for length are 4 and 8. Default is 4. This is dierent from previous versions of gfortran, which specied a default record marker length of 8 on most systems. If you want to read or write les compatible with earlier versions of gfortran, use -frecord-marker=8. -fmax-subrecord-length=length Specify the maximum length for a subrecord. The maximum permitted value for length is 2147483639, which is also the default. Only really useful for use by the gfortran testsuite. -fsign-zero When enabled, oating point numbers of value zero with the sign bit set are written as negative number in formatted output and treated as negative in the SIGN intrinsic. fno-sign-zero does not print the negative sign of zero values and regards zero as positive number in the SIGN intrinsic for compatibility with F77. Default behavior is to show the negative sign.
2.9 Options for code generation conventions

These machine-independent options control the interface conventions used in code generation. Most of them have both positive and negative forms; the negative form of -ffoo would be -fno-foo. In the table below, only one of the forms is listedthe one which is not the default. You can gure out the other form by either removing no- or adding it. -fno-automatic Treat each program unit (except those marked as RECURSIVE) as if the SAVE statement were specied for every local variable and array referenced in it. Does not aect common blocks. (Some Fortran compilers provide this option under the name -static or -save.) The default, which is -fautomatic, uses the stack for local variables smaller than the value given by -fmax-stack-var-size. Use the option -frecursive to use no static memory. -ff2c Generate code designed to be compatible with code generated by g77 and f2c. The calling conventions used by g77 (originally implemented in f2c) require functions that return type default REAL to actually return the C type double,
19
and functions that return type COMPLEX to return the values via an extra argument in the calling sequence that points to where to store the return value. Under the default GNU calling conventions, such functions simply return their results as they would in GNU Cdefault REAL functions return the C type float, and COMPLEX functions return the GNU C type complex. Additionally, this option implies the -fsecond-underscore option, unless -fno-second-underscore is explicitly requested. This does not aect the generation of code that interfaces with the libgfortran library. Caution: It is not a good idea to mix Fortran code compiled with -ff2c with code compiled with the default -fno-f2c calling conventions as, calling COMPLEX or default REAL functions between program parts which were compiled with dierent calling conventions will break at execution time. Caution: This will break code which passes intrinsic functions of type default REAL or COMPLEX as actual arguments, as the library implementations use the -fno-f2c calling conventions. -fno-underscoring Do not transform names of entities specied in the Fortran source le by appending underscores to them. With -funderscoring in eect, GNU Fortran appends one underscore to external names with no underscores. This is done to ensure compatibility with code produced by many UNIX Fortran compilers. Caution : The default behavior of GNU Fortran is incompatible with f2c and g77, please use the -ff2c option if you want object les compiled with GNU Fortran to be compatible with object code created with these tools. Use of -fno-underscoring is not recommended unless you are experimenting with issues such as integration of GNU Fortran into existing system environments (vis-` a-vis existing libraries, tools, and so on). For example, with -funderscoring, and assuming other defaults like -fcase-lower and that j() and max_count() are external functions while my_var and lvar are local variables, a statement like
I = J() + MAX_COUNT (MY_VAR, LVAR)
is implemented as something akin to:

i = j_() + max_count__(&my_var__, &lvar);
With -fno-underscoring, the same statement is implemented as:

i = j() + max_count(&my_var, &lvar);
Use of -fno-underscoring allows direct specication of user-dened names while debugging and when interfacing GNU Fortran code with other languages. Note that just because the names match does not mean that the interface implemented by GNU Fortran for an external name matches the interface implemented by some other language for that same name. That is, getting code produced by GNU Fortran to link to code produced by some other compiler using this or any other method can be only a small part of the overall solution getting the code generated by both compilers to agree on issues other than
20
naming can require signicant eort, and, unlike naming disagreements, linkers normally cannot detect disagreements in these other areas. Also, note that with -fno-underscoring, the lack of appended underscores introduces the very real possibility that a user-dened external name will conict with a name in a system library, which could make nding unresolved-reference bugs quite dicult in some casesthey might occur at program run time, and show up only as buggy behavior at run time. In future versions of GNU Fortran we hope to improve naming and linking issues so that debugging always involves using the names as they appear in the source, even if the names as seen by the linker are mangled to prevent accidental linking between procedures with incompatible interfaces. -fwhole-file By default, GNU Fortran parses, resolves and translates each procedure in a le separately. Using this option modies this such that the whole le is parsed and placed in a single front-end tree. During resolution, in addition to all the usual checks and xups, references to external procedures that are in the same le eect resolution of that procedure, if not already done, and a check of the interfaces. The dependences are resolved by changing the order in which the le is translated into the backend tree. Thus, a procedure that is referenced is translated before the reference and the duplication of backend tree declarations eliminated. -fsecond-underscore By default, GNU Fortran appends an underscore to external names. If this option is used GNU Fortran appends two underscores to names with underscores and one underscore to external names with no underscores. GNU Fortran also appends two underscores to internal names with underscores to avoid naming collisions with external names. This option has no eect if -fno-underscoring is in eect. It is implied by the -ff2c option. Otherwise, with this option, an external name such as MAX_COUNT is implemented as a reference to the link-time external symbol max_count__, instead of max_count_. This is required for compatibility with g77 and f2c, and is implied by use of the -ff2c option. -fcheck=<keyword> Enable the generation of run-time checks; the argument shall be a commadelimited list of the following keywords. all Enable all run-time test of -fcheck.
array-temps Warns at run time when for passing an actual argument a temporary array had to be generated. The information generated by this warning is sometimes useful in optimization, in order to avoid such temporaries. Note: The warning is only printed once per location.
21
bounds
Enable generation of run-time checks for array subscripts and against the declared minimum and maximum values. It also checks array indices for assumed and deferred shape arrays against the actual allocated bounds and ensures that all string lengths are equal for character array constructors without an explicit typespec. Some checks require that -fcheck=bounds is set for the compilation of the main program. Note: In the future this may also include other forms of checking, e.g., checking substring references. Enable generation of run-time checks for invalid modication of loop iteration variables. Enable generation of run-time checks for memory allocation. Note: This option does not aect explicit allocations using the ALLOCATE statement, which will be always checked. Enable generation of run-time checks for pointers and allocatables.
do mem
pointer
recursion Enable generation of run-time checks for recursively called subroutines and functions which are not marked as recursive. See also -frecursive. Note: This check does not work for OpenMP programs and is disabled if used together with -frecursive and -fopenmp. -fbounds-check Deprecated alias for -fcheck=bounds. -fcheck-array-temporaries Deprecated alias for -fcheck=array-temps. -fmax-array-constructor=n This option can be used to increase the upper limit permitted in array constructors. The code below requires this option to expand the array at compile time.
program test implicit none integer j integer, parameter :: n = 100000 integer, parameter :: i(n) = (/ (2*j, j = 1, n) /) print (10(I0,1X)), i end program test
Caution: This option can lead to long compile times and excessively large object les. The default value for n is 65535. -fmax-stack-var-size=n This option species the size in bytes of the largest array that will be put on the stack; if the size is exceeded static memory is used (except in procedures marked as RECURSIVE). Use the option -frecursive to allow for recursive
22
procedures which do not have a RECURSIVE attribute or for parallel programs. Use -fno-automatic to never use the stack. This option currently only aects local arrays declared with constant bounds, and may not apply to all character variables. Future versions of GNU Fortran may improve this behavior. The default value for n is 32768. -fpack-derived This option tells GNU Fortran to pack derived type members as closely as possible. Code compiled with this option is likely to be incompatible with code compiled without this option, and may execute slower. -frepack-arrays In some circumstances GNU Fortran may pass assumed shape array sections via a descriptor describing a noncontiguous area of memory. This option adds code to the function prologue to repack the data into a contiguous block at runtime. This should result in faster accesses to the array. However it can introduce signicant overhead to the function call, especially when the passed data is noncontiguous. -fshort-enums This option is provided for interoperability with C code that was compiled with the -fshort-enums option. It will make GNU Fortran choose the smallest INTEGER kind a given enumerator set will t in, and give all its enumerators this kind. -fexternal-blas This option will make gfortran generate calls to BLAS functions for some matrix operations like MATMUL, instead of using our own algorithms, if the size of the matrices involved is larger than a given limit (see -fblas-matmul-limit). This may be protable if an optimized vendor BLAS library is available. The BLAS library will have to be specied at link time. -fblas-matmul-limit=n Only signicant when -fexternal-blas is in eect. Matrix multiplication of matrices with size larger than (or equal to) n will be performed by calls to BLAS functions, while others will be handled by gfortran internal algorithms. If the matrices involved are not square, the size comparison is performed using the geometric mean of the dimensions of the argument and result matrices. The default value for n is 30. -frecursive Allow indirect recursion by forcing all local arrays to be allocated on the stack. This ag cannot be used together with -fmax-stack-var-size= or -fno-automatic.
23
-finit-local-zero -finit-integer=n -finit-real=<zero|inf|-inf|nan|snan> -finit-logical=<true|false> -finit-character=n The -finit-local-zero option instructs the compiler to initialize local INTEGER, REAL, and COMPLEX variables to zero, LOGICAL variables to false, and CHARACTER variables to a string of null bytes. Finer-grained initialization options are provided by the -finit-integer=n , -finit-real=<zero|inf|inf|nan|snan> (which also initializes the real and imaginary parts of local COMPLEX variables), -finit-logical=<true|false>, and -finit-character=n (where n is an ASCII character value) options. These options do not initialize components of derived type variables, nor do they initialize variables that appear in an EQUIVALENCE statement. (This limitation may be removed in future releases). Note that the -finit-real=nan option initializes REAL and COMPLEX variables with a quiet NaN. For a signalling NaN use -finit-real=snan; note, however, that compile-time optimizations may convert them into quiet NaN and that trapping needs to be enabled (e.g. via -ffpe-trap). -falign-commons By default, gfortran enforces proper alignment of all variables in a COMMON block by padding them as needed. On certain platforms this is mandatory, on others it increases performance. If a COMMON block is not declared with consistent data types everywhere, this padding can cause trouble, and -fno-align-commons can be used to disable automatic alignment. The same form of this option should be used for all les that share a COMMON block. To avoid potential alignment issues in COMMON blocks, it is recommended to order objects from largests to smallest. -fno-protect-parens By default the parentheses in expression are honored for all optimization levels such that the compiler does not do any re-association. Using -fno-protect-parens allows the compiler to reorder REAL and COMPLEX expressions to produce faster code. Note that for the re-association optimization -fno-signed-zeros and -fno-trapping-math need to be in eect. See Section Options for Code Generation Conventions in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for information on more options oered by the GBE shared by gfortran, gcc, and other GNU compilers.
2.10 Environment variables aecting gfortran

The gfortran compiler currently does not make use of any environment variables to control its operation above and beyond those that aect the operation of gcc. See Section Environment Variables Aecting GCC in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC), for information on environment variables.
24
See Chapter 3 [Runtime], page 25, for environment variables that aect the run-time behavior of programs compiled with GNU Fortran.
Chapter 3: Runtime: Inuencing runtime behavior with environment variables
25
3 Runtime: Inuencing runtime behavior with environment variables

The behavior of the gfortran can be inuenced by environment variables. Malformed environment variables are silently ignored.
3.1 GFORTRAN_STDIN_UNITUnit number for standard input

This environment variable can be used to select the unit number preconnected to standard input. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 5.
3.2 GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNITUnit number for standard output

This environment variable can be used to select the unit number preconnected to standard output. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 6.
3.3 GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNITUnit number for standard error

This environment variable can be used to select the unit number preconnected to standard error. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 0.
3.4 GFORTRAN_USE_STDERRSend library output to standard error

This environment variable controls where library output is sent. If the rst letter is y, Y or 1, standard error is used. If the rst letter is n, N or 0, standard output is used.
3.5 GFORTRAN_TMPDIRDirectory for scratch les

This environment variable controls where scratch les are created. If this environment variable is missing, GNU Fortran searches for the environment variable TMP. If this is also missing, the default is /tmp.
3.6 GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_ALLDont buer I/O on all units

This environment variable controls whether all I/O is unbuered. If the rst letter is y, Y or 1, all I/O is unbuered. This will slow down small sequential reads and writes. If the rst letter is n, N or 0, I/O is buered. This is the default.
3.7 GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_PRECONNECTEDDont buer I/O on preconnected units

The environment variable named GFORTRAN_UNBUFFERED_PRECONNECTED controls whether I/O on a preconnected unit (i.e. STDOUT or STDERR) is unbuered. If the rst letter is y, Y or 1, I/O is unbuered. This will slow down small sequential reads and writes. If the rst letter is n, N or 0, I/O is buered. This is the default.
3.8 GFORTRAN_SHOW_LOCUSShow location for runtime errors

If the rst letter is y, Y or 1, lename and line numbers for runtime errors are printed. If the rst letter is n, N or 0, dont print lename and line numbers for runtime errors. The default is to print the location.
26
3.9 GFORTRAN_OPTIONAL_PLUSPrint leading + where permitted

If the rst letter is y, Y or 1, a plus sign is printed where permitted by the Fortran standard. If the rst letter is n, N or 0, a plus sign is not printed in most cases. Default is not to print plus signs.
3.10 GFORTRAN_DEFAULT_RECLDefault record length for new les

This environment variable species the default record length, in bytes, for les which are opened without a RECL tag in the OPEN statement. This must be a positive integer. The default value is 1073741824 bytes (1 GB).
3.11 GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATORSeparator for list output

This environment variable species the separator when writing list-directed output. It may contain any number of spaces and at most one comma. If you specify this on the command line, be sure to quote spaces, as in
$ GFORTRAN_LIST_SEPARATOR= , ./a.out
when a.out is the compiled Fortran program that you want to run. Default is a single space.
3.12 GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNITSet endianness for unformatted I/O

By setting the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT variable, it is possible to change the representation of data for unformatted les. The syntax for the GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT variable is:
GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT: mode | mode ; exception | exception ; mode: native | swap | big_endian | little_endian ; exception: mode : unit_list | unit_list ; unit_list: unit_spec | unit_list unit_spec ; unit_spec: INTEGER | INTEGER - INTEGER ;
The variable consists of an optional default mode, followed by a list of optional exceptions, which are separated by semicolons from the preceding default and each other. Each exception consists of a format and a comma-separated list of units. Valid values for the modes are the same as for the CONVERT specier: NATIVE Use the native format. This is the default. SWAP Swap between little- and big-endian. LITTLE_ENDIAN Use the little-endian format for unformatted les. BIG_ENDIAN Use the big-endian format for unformatted les. A missing mode for an exception is taken to mean BIG_ENDIAN. Examples of values for GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT are: big_endian Do all unformatted I/O in big endian mode. little_endian;native:10-20,25 Do all unformatted I/O in little endian mode, except for units 10 to 20 and 25, which are in native format. 10-20 Units 10 to 20 are big-endian, the rest is native.
27
Setting the environment variables should be done on the command line or via the export command for sh-compatible shells and via setenv for csh-compatible shells. Example for sh:
$ gfortran foo.f90 $ GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT=big_endian;native:10-20 ./a.out
Example code for csh:

% gfortran foo.f90 % setenv GFORTRAN_CONVERT_UNIT big_endian;native:10-20 % ./a.out
Using anything but the native representation for unformatted data carries a signicant speed overhead. If speed in this area matters to you, it is best if you use this only for data that needs to be portable. See Section 6.1.14 [CONVERT specier], page 41, for an alternative way to specify the data representation for unformatted les. See Section 2.8 [Runtime Options], page 17, for setting a default data representation for the whole program. The CONVERT specier overrides the -fconvert compile options. Note that the values specied via the GFORTRAN CONVERT UNIT environment variable will override the CONVERT specier in the open statement. This is to give control over data formats to users who do not have the source code of their program available.
3.13 GFORTRAN_ERROR_DUMPCOREDump core on run-time errors

If the GFORTRAN_ERROR_DUMPCORE variable is set to y, Y or 1 (only the rst letter is relevant) then library run-time errors cause core dumps. To disable the core dumps, set the variable to n, N, 0. Default is not to core dump unless the -fdump-core compile option was used.
3.14 GFORTRAN_ERROR_BACKTRACEShow backtrace on run-time errors

If the GFORTRAN_ERROR_BACKTRACE variable is set to y, Y or 1 (only the rst letter is relevant) then a backtrace is printed when a run-time error occurs. To disable the backtracing, set the variable to n, N, 0. Default is not to print a backtrace unless the -fbacktrace compile option was used.
29
Part II: Language Reference
Chapter 4: Fortran 2003 and 2008 Status
31
4 Fortran 2003 and 2008 Status

4.1 Fortran 2003 status
GNU Fortran supports several Fortran 2003 features; an incomplete list can be found below. See also the wiki page about Fortran 2003. Intrinsics command_argument_count, get_command, get_environment_variable, and move_alloc. get_command_argument,
Array constructors using square brackets. That is, [...] rather than (/.../). Typespecication for array constructors like (/ some-type :: ... /). FLUSH statement. IOMSG= specier for I/O statements. Support for the declaration of enumeration constants via the ENUM and ENUMERATOR statements. Interoperability with gcc is guaranteed also for the case where the fshort-enums command line option is given. TR 15581: ALLOCATABLE dummy arguments. ALLOCATABLE function results ALLOCATABLE components of derived types The ERRMSG= tag is now supported in ALLOCATE and DEALLOCATE statements. The SOURCE= tag is supported in an ALLOCATE statement. An intrinsic-type-spec can be used as the type-spec in an ALLOCATE statement; while the use of a derived-type-name is currently unsupported. The OPEN statement supports the ACCESS=STREAM specier, allowing I/O without any record structure. Namelist input/output for internal les. The PROTECTED statement and attribute. The VALUE statement and attribute. The VOLATILE statement and attribute. The IMPORT statement, allowing to import host-associated derived types. USE statement with INTRINSIC and NON_INTRINSIC attribute; supported intrinsic modules: ISO_FORTRAN_ENV, OMP_LIB and OMP_LIB_KINDS. Renaming of operators in the USE statement. Interoperability with C (ISO C Bindings) BOZ as argument of INT, REAL, DBLE and CMPLX. Type-bound procedures with PROCEDURE or GENERIC, and operators bound to a derivedtype. Extension of derived-types (the EXTENDS(...) syntax). ABSTRACT derived-types and declaring procedure bindings DEFERRED.
32
4.2 Fortran 2008 status

The next version of the Fortran standard after Fortran 2003 is currently being worked on by the Working Group 5 of Sub-Committee 22 of the Joint Technical Committee 1 of the International Organization for Standardization (ISO) and the International Electrotechnical Commission (IEC). This group is known as WG5. The next revision of the Fortran standard is informally referred to as Fortran 2008, reecting its planned release year. The GNU Fortran compiler has support for some of the new features in Fortran 2008. This support is based on the latest draft, available from http://www.nag.co.uk/sc22wg5/. However, as the nal standard may dier from the drafts, no guarantee of backward compatibility can be made and you should only use it for experimental purposes. The wiki has some information about the current Fortran 2008 implementation status.
Chapter 5: Compiler Characteristics
33
5 Compiler Characteristics
This chapter describes certain characteristics of the GNU Fortran compiler, that are not specied by the Fortran standard, but which might in some way or another become visible to the programmer.
5.1 KIND Type Parameters

The KIND type parameters supported by GNU Fortran for the primitive data types are: INTEGER LOGICAL REAL COMPLEX CHARACTER 1, 4, default: 1 * = not available on all systems ** = not available on all systems; additionally 10 and 16 are never available at the same time (1) Unless -fdefault-integer-8 is used (2) Unless -fdefault-real-8 is used The KIND value matches the storage size in bytes, except for COMPLEX where the storage size is twice as much (or both real and imaginary part are a real value of the given size). It is recommended to use the SELECT_*_KIND intrinsics instead of the concrete values. 1, 2, 4, 8*, 16*, default: 4 (1) 1, 2, 4, 8*, 16*, default: 4 (1) 4, 8, 10**, 16**, default: 4 (2) 4, 8, 10**, 16**, default: 4 (2)
5.2 Internal representation of LOGICAL variables

The Fortran standard does not specify how variables of LOGICAL type are represented, beyond requiring that LOGICAL variables of default kind have the same storage size as default INTEGER and REAL variables. The GNU Fortran internal representation is as follows. A LOGICAL(KIND=N) variable is represented as an INTEGER(KIND=N) variable, however, with only two permissible values: 1 for .TRUE. and 0 for .FALSE.. Any other integer value results in undened behavior. Note that for mixed-language programming using the ISO_C_BINDING feature, there is a C_BOOL kind that can be used to create LOGICAL(KIND=C_BOOL) variables which are interoperable with the C99 Bool type. The C99 Bool type has an internal representation described in the C99 standard, which is identical to the above description, i.e. with 1 for true and 0 for false being the only permissible values. Thus the internal representation of LOGICAL variables in GNU Fortran is identical to C99 Bool, except for a possible dierence in storage size depending on the kind.
Chapter 6: Extensions
35
6 Extensions
The two sections below detail the extensions to standard Fortran that are implemented in GNU Fortran, as well as some of the popular or historically important extensions that are not (or not yet) implemented. For the latter case, we explain the alternatives available to GNU Fortran users, including replacement by standard-conforming code or GNU extensions.
6.1 Extensions implemented in GNU Fortran

GNU Fortran implements a number of extensions over standard Fortran. This chapter contains information on their syntax and meaning. There are currently two categories of GNU Fortran extensions, those that provide functionality beyond that provided by any standard, and those that are supported by GNU Fortran purely for backward compatibility with legacy compilers. By default, -std=gnu allows the compiler to accept both types of extensions, but to warn about the use of the latter. Specifying either -std=f95, -std=f2003 or -std=f2008 disables both types of extensions, and -std=legacy allows both without warning.
6.1.1 Old-style kind specications

GNU Fortran allows old-style kind specications in declarations. These look like:
TYPESPEC*size x,y,z
where TYPESPEC is a basic type (INTEGER, REAL, etc.), and where size is a byte count corresponding to the storage size of a valid kind for that type. (For COMPLEX variables, size is the total size of the real and imaginary parts.) The statement then declares x, y and z to be of type TYPESPEC with the appropriate kind. This is equivalent to the standardconforming declaration
TYPESPEC(k) x,y,z
where k is the kind parameter suitable for the intended precision. As kind parameters are implementation-dependent, use the KIND, SELECTED_INT_KIND and SELECTED_REAL_KIND intrinsics to retrieve the correct value, for instance REAL*8 x can be replaced by:
INTEGER, PARAMETER :: dbl = KIND(1.0d0) REAL(KIND=dbl) :: x
6.1.2 Old-style variable initialization

GNU Fortran allows old-style initialization of variables of the form:
INTEGER i/1/,j/2/ REAL x(2,2) /3*0.,1./
The syntax for the initializers is as for the DATA statement, but unlike in a DATA statement, an initializer only applies to the variable immediately preceding the initialization. In other words, something like INTEGER I,J/2,3/ is not valid. This style of initialization is only allowed in declarations without double colons (::); the double colons were introduced in Fortran 90, which also introduced a standard syntax for initializing variables in type declarations. Examples of standard-conforming code equivalent to the above example are:
! Fortran 90 INTEGER :: i = 1, j = 2 REAL :: x(2,2) = RESHAPE((/0.,0.,0.,1./),SHAPE(x))
36
! Fortran 77 INTEGER i, j REAL x(2,2) DATA i/1/, j/2/, x/3*0.,1./
Note that variables which are explicitly initialized in declarations or in DATA statements automatically acquire the SAVE attribute.
6.1.3 Extensions to namelist

GNU Fortran fully supports the Fortran 95 standard for namelist I/O including array qualiers, substrings and fully qualied derived types. The output from a namelist write is compatible with namelist read. The output has all names in upper case and indentation to column 1 after the namelist name. Two extensions are permitted: Old-style use of $ instead of &
$MYNML X(:)%Y(2) = 1.0 2.0 3.0 CH(1:4) = "abcd" $END
It should be noted that the default terminator is / rather than &END. Querying of the namelist when inputting from stdin. After at least one space, entering ? sends to stdout the namelist name and the names of the variables in the namelist:
? &mynml x x%y ch &end
Entering =? outputs the namelist to stdout, as if WRITE(*,NML = mynml) had been called:
=? &MYNML X(1)%Y= 0.000000 X(2)%Y= 0.000000 X(3)%Y= 0.000000 CH=abcd, /
, , ,
1.000000 2.000000 3.000000
, , ,
0.000000 0.000000 0.000000
, , ,
To aid this dialog, when input is from stdin, errors send their messages to stderr and execution continues, even if IOSTAT is set. PRINT namelist is permitted. This causes an error if -std=f95 is used.
PROGRAM test_print REAL, dimension (4) :: NAMELIST /mynml/ x PRINT mynml END PROGRAM test_print x = (/1.0, 2.0, 3.0, 4.0/)
Expanded namelist reads are permitted. This causes an error if -std=f95 is used. In the following example, the rst element of the array will be given the value 0.00 and the two succeeding elements will be given the values 1.00 and 2.00.
&MYNML X(1,1) = 0.00 , 1.00 , 2.00 /
37
6.1.4 X format descriptor without count eld

To support legacy codes, GNU Fortran permits the count eld of the X edit descriptor in FORMAT statements to be omitted. When omitted, the count is implicitly assumed to be one.
10 PRINT 10, 2, 3 FORMAT (I1, X, I1)
6.1.5 Commas in FORMAT specications

To support legacy codes, GNU Fortran allows the comma separator to be omitted immediately before and after character string edit descriptors in FORMAT statements.
10 PRINT 10, 2, 3 FORMAT (FOO=I1 BAR=I2)
6.1.6 Missing period in FORMAT specications

To support legacy codes, GNU Fortran allows missing periods in format specications if and only if -std=legacy is given on the command line. This is considered non-conforming code and is discouraged.
10 REAL :: value READ(*,10) value FORMAT (F4)
6.1.7 I/O item lists

To support legacy codes, GNU Fortran allows the input item list of the READ statement, and the output item lists of the WRITE and PRINT statements, to start with a comma.
6.1.8 BOZ literal constants

Besides decimal constants, Fortran also supports binary (b), octal (o) and hexadecimal (z) integer constants. The syntax is: prefix quote digits quote, were the prex is either b, o or z, quote is either or " and the digits are for binary 0 or 1, for octal between 0 and 7, and for hexadecimal between 0 and F. (Example: b01011101.) Up to Fortran 95, BOZ literals were only allowed to initialize integer variables in DATA statements. Since Fortran 2003 BOZ literals are also allowed as argument of REAL, DBLE, INT and CMPLX; the result is the same as if the integer BOZ literal had been converted by TRANSFER to, respectively, real, double precision, integer or complex. As GNU Fortran extension the intrinsic procedures FLOAT, DFLOAT, COMPLEX and DCMPLX are treated alike. As an extension, GNU Fortran allows hexadecimal BOZ literal constants to be specied using the X prex, in addition to the standard Z prex. The BOZ literal can also be specied by adding a sux to the string, for example, ZABC and ABCZ are equivalent. Furthermore, GNU Fortran allows using BOZ literal constants outside DATA statements and the four intrinsic functions allowed by Fortran 2003. In DATA statements, in direct assignments, where the right-hand side only contains a BOZ literal constant, and for oldstyle initializers of the form integer i /o0173/, the constant is transferred as if TRANSFER had been used; for COMPLEX numbers, only the real part is initialized unless CMPLX is used. In all other cases, the BOZ literal constant is converted to an INTEGER value with the largest decimal representation. This value is then converted numerically to the type and kind of the variable in question. (For instance, real :: r = b0000001 + 1 initializes r with 2.0.) As
38
dierent compilers implement the extension dierently, one should be careful when doing bitwise initialization of non-integer variables. Note that initializing an INTEGER variable with a statement such as DATA i/ZFFFFFFFF/ will give an integer overow error rather than the desired result of 1 when i is a 32-bit integer on a system that supports 64-bit integers. The -fno-range-check option can be used as a workaround for legacy code that initializes integers in this manner.
6.1.9 Real array indices

As an extension, GNU Fortran allows the use of REAL expressions or variables as array indices.
6.1.10 Unary operators

As an extension, GNU Fortran allows unary plus and unary minus operators to appear as the second operand of binary arithmetic operators without the need for parenthesis.
X = Y * -Z
6.1.11 Implicitly convert LOGICAL and INTEGER values

As an extension for backwards compatibility with other compilers, GNU Fortran allows the implicit conversion of LOGICAL values to INTEGER values and vice versa. When converting from a LOGICAL to an INTEGER, .FALSE. is interpreted as zero, and .TRUE. is interpreted as one. When converting from INTEGER to LOGICAL, the value zero is interpreted as .FALSE. and any nonzero value is interpreted as .TRUE..
LOGICAL :: l l = 1 INTEGER :: i i = .TRUE.
However, there is no implicit conversion of INTEGER values in if-statements, nor of LOGICAL or INTEGER values in I/O operations.
6.1.12 Hollerith constants support

GNU Fortran supports Hollerith constants in assignments, function arguments, and DATA and ASSIGN statements. A Hollerith constant is written as a string of characters preceded by an integer constant indicating the character count, and the letter H or h, and stored in bytewise fashion in a numeric (INTEGER, REAL, or complex) or LOGICAL variable. The constant will be padded or truncated to t the size of the variable in which it is stored. Examples of valid uses of Hollerith constants:
complex*16 x(2) data x /16Habcdefghijklmnop, 16Hqrstuvwxyz012345/ x(1) = 16HABCDEFGHIJKLMNOP call foo (4h abc)
Invalid Hollerith constants examples:

integer*4 a a = 8H12345678 ! Valid, but the Hollerith constant will be truncated. a = 0H ! At least one character is needed.
In general, Hollerith constants were used to provide a rudimentary facility for handling character strings in early Fortran compilers, prior to the introduction of CHARACTER variables
39
in Fortran 77; in those cases, the standard-compliant equivalent is to convert the program to use proper character strings. On occasion, there may be a case where the intent is specically to initialize a numeric variable with a given byte sequence. In these cases, the same result can be obtained by using the TRANSFER statement, as in this example.
INTEGER(KIND=4) :: a a = TRANSFER ("abcd", a) ! equivalent to: a = 4Habcd
6.1.13 Cray pointers

Cray pointers are part of a non-standard extension that provides a C-like pointer in Fortran. This is accomplished through a pair of variables: an integer "pointer" that holds a memory address, and a "pointee" that is used to dereference the pointer. Pointer/pointee pairs are declared in statements of the form:
pointer ( <pointer> , <pointee> )
or,
pointer ( <pointer1> , <pointee1> ), ( <pointer2> , <pointee2> ), ...
The pointer is an integer that is intended to hold a memory address. The pointee may be an array or scalar. A pointee can be an assumed size arraythat is, the last dimension may be left unspecied by using a * in place of a valuebut a pointee cannot be an assumed shape array. No space is allocated for the pointee. The pointee may have its type declared before or after the pointer statement, and its array specication (if any) may be declared before, during, or after the pointer statement. The pointer may be declared as an integer prior to the pointer statement. However, some machines have default integer sizes that are dierent than the size of a pointer, and so the following code is not portable:
integer ipt pointer (ipt, iarr)
If a pointer is declared with a kind that is too small, the compiler will issue a warning; the resulting binary will probably not work correctly, because the memory addresses stored in the pointers may be truncated. It is safer to omit the rst line of the above example; if explicit declaration of ipts type is omitted, then the compiler will ensure that ipt is an integer variable large enough to hold a pointer. Pointer arithmetic is valid with Cray pointers, but it is not the same as C pointer arithmetic. Cray pointers are just ordinary integers, so the user is responsible for determining how many bytes to add to a pointer in order to increment it. Consider the following example:
real target(10) real pointee(10) pointer (ipt, pointee) ipt = loc (target) ipt = ipt + 1
The last statement does not set ipt to the address of target(1), as it would in C pointer arithmetic. Adding 1 to ipt just adds one byte to the address stored in ipt. Any expression involving the pointee will be translated to use the value stored in the pointer as the base address. To get the address of elements, this extension provides an intrinsic function LOC(). The LOC() function is equivalent to the & operator in C, except the address is cast to an integer type:
40
real ar(10) pointer(ipt, arpte(10)) real arpte ipt = loc(ar) ! Makes arpte is an alias for ar arpte(1) = 1.0 ! Sets ar(1) to 1.0
The pointer can also be set by a call to the MALLOC intrinsic (see Section 8.145 [MALLOC], page 138). Cray pointees often are used to alias an existing variable. For example:
integer target(10) integer iarr(10) pointer (ipt, iarr) ipt = loc(target)
As long as ipt remains unchanged, iarr is now an alias for target. The optimizer, however, will not detect this aliasing, so it is unsafe to use iarr and target simultaneously. Using a pointee in any way that violates the Fortran aliasing rules or assumptions is illegal. It is the users responsibility to avoid doing this; the compiler works under the assumption that no such aliasing occurs. Cray pointers will work correctly when there is no aliasing (i.e., when they are used to access a dynamically allocated block of memory), and also in any routine where a pointee is used, but any variable with which it shares storage is not used. Code that violates these rules may not run as the user intends. This is not a bug in the optimizer; any code that violates the aliasing rules is illegal. (Note that this is not unique to GNU Fortran; any Fortran compiler that supports Cray pointers will incorrectly optimize code with illegal aliasing.) There are a number of restrictions on the attributes that can be applied to Cray pointers and pointees. Pointees may not have the ALLOCATABLE, INTENT, OPTIONAL, DUMMY, TARGET, INTRINSIC, or POINTER attributes. Pointers may not have the DIMENSION, POINTER, TARGET, ALLOCATABLE, EXTERNAL, or INTRINSIC attributes. Pointees may not occur in more than one pointer statement. A pointee cannot be a pointer. Pointees cannot occur in equivalence, common, or data statements. A Cray pointer may also point to a function or a subroutine. For example, the following excerpt is valid:
implicit none external sub pointer (subptr,subpte) external subpte subptr = loc(sub) call subpte() [...] subroutine sub [...] end subroutine sub
A pointer may be modied during the course of a program, and this will change the location to which the pointee refers. However, when pointees are passed as arguments, they are treated as ordinary variables in the invoked function. Subsequent changes to the pointer will not change the base address of the array that was passed.
41
6.1.14 CONVERT specier

GNU Fortran allows the conversion of unformatted data between little- and big-endian representation to facilitate moving of data between dierent systems. The conversion can be indicated with the CONVERT specier on the OPEN statement. See Section 3.12 [GFORTRAN CONVERT UNIT], page 26, for an alternative way of specifying the data format via an environment variable. Valid values for CONVERT are: CONVERT=NATIVE Use the native format. This is the default. CONVERT=SWAP Swap between little- and big-endian. CONVERT=LITTLE_ENDIAN Use the little-endian representation for unformatted les. CONVERT=BIG_ENDIAN Use the big-endian representation for unformatted les. Using the option could look like this:
open(file=big.dat,form=unformatted,access=sequential, & convert=big_endian)
The value of the conversion can be queried by using INQUIRE(CONVERT=ch). The values returned are BIG_ENDIAN and LITTLE_ENDIAN. CONVERT works between big- and little-endian for INTEGER values of all supported kinds and for REAL on IEEE systems of kinds 4 and 8. Conversion between dierent extended double types on dierent architectures such as m68k and x86 64, which GNU Fortran supports as REAL(KIND=10) and REAL(KIND=16), will probably not work. Note that the values specied via the GFORTRAN CONVERT UNIT environment variable will override the CONVERT specier in the open statement. This is to give control over data formats to users who do not have the source code of their program available. Using anything but the native representation for unformatted data carries a signicant speed overhead. If speed in this area matters to you, it is best if you use this only for data that needs to be portable.
6.1.15 OpenMP
OpenMP (Open Multi-Processing) is an application programming interface (API) that supports multi-platform shared memory multiprocessing programming in C/C++ and Fortran on many architectures, including Unix and Microsoft Windows platforms. It consists of a set of compiler directives, library routines, and environment variables that inuence run-time behavior. GNU Fortran strives to be compatible to the OpenMP Application Program Interface v3.0. To enable the processing of the OpenMP directive !$omp in free-form source code; the c$omp, *$omp and !$omp directives in xed form; the !$ conditional compilation sentinels in free form; and the c$, *$ and !$ sentinels in xed form, gfortran needs to be invoked with the -fopenmp. This also arranges for automatic linking of the GNU OpenMP runtime library Section libgomp in GNU OpenMP runtime library . The OpenMP Fortran runtime library routines are provided both in a form of a Fortran 90 module named omp_lib and in a form of a Fortran include le named omp_lib.h. An example of a parallelized loop taken from Appendix A.1 of the OpenMP Application Program Interface v2.5:
42
SUBROUTINE A1(N, A, B) INTEGER I, N REAL B(N), A(N) !$OMP PARALLEL DO !I is private by default DO I=2,N B(I) = (A(I) + A(I-1)) / 2.0 ENDDO !$OMP END PARALLEL DO END SUBROUTINE A1
Please note: -fopenmp implies -frecursive, i.e., all local arrays will be allocated on the stack. When porting existing code to OpenMP, this may lead to surprising results, especially to segmentation faults if the stacksize is limited. On glibc-based systems, OpenMP enabled applications cannot be statically linked due to limitations of the underlying pthreads-implementation. It might be possible to get a working solution if -Wl,--whole-archive -lpthread -Wl,--no-whole-archive is added to the command line. However, this is not supported by gcc and thus not recommended.
6.1.16 Argument list functions %VAL, %REF and %LOC

GNU Fortran supports argument list functions %VAL, %REF and %LOC statements, for backward compatibility with g77. It is recommended that these should be used only for code that is accessing facilities outside of GNU Fortran, such as operating system or windowing facilities. It is best to constrain such uses to isolated portions of a programportions that deal specically and exclusively with low-level, system-dependent facilities. Such portions might well provide a portable interface for use by the program as a whole, but are themselves not portable, and should be thoroughly tested each time they are rebuilt using a new compiler or version of a compiler. %VAL passes a scalar argument by value, %REF passes it by reference and %LOC passes its memory location. Since gfortran already passes scalar arguments by reference, %REF is in eect a do-nothing. %LOC has the same eect as a Fortran pointer. An example of passing an argument by value to a C subroutine foo.:
C C prototype void foo_ (float x); C external foo real*4 x x = 3.14159 call foo (%VAL (x)) end
For details refer to the g77 manual http://gcc.gnu.org/onlinedocs/gcc-3.4.6/g77/index.html#Top. Also, c_by_val.f and its partner c_by_val.c of the GNU Fortran testsuite are worth a look.
6.2 Extensions not implemented in GNU Fortran

The long history of the Fortran language, its wide use and broad userbase, the large number of dierent compiler vendors and the lack of some features crucial to users in the rst standards have lead to the existence of a number of important extensions to the language.
43
While some of the most useful or popular extensions are supported by the GNU Fortran compiler, not all existing extensions are supported. This section aims at listing these extensions and oering advice on how best make code that uses them running with the GNU Fortran compiler.
6.2.1 STRUCTURE and RECORD

Structures are user-dened aggregate data types; this functionality was standardized in Fortran 90 with an dierent syntax, under the name of derived types. Here is an example of code using the non portable structure syntax: ! Declaring a structure named item and containing three fields: ! an integer ID, an description string and a floating-point price. STRUCTURE /item/ INTEGER id CHARACTER(LEN=200) description REAL price END STRUCTURE ! Define two variables, an single record of type item ! named pear, and an array of items named store_catalog RECORD /item/ pear, store_catalog(100) ! We can directly access the fields of both variables pear.id = 92316 pear.description = "juicy DAnjou pear" pear.price = 0.15 store_catalog(7).id = 7831 store_catalog(7).description = "milk bottle" store_catalog(7).price = 1.2 ! We can also manipulate the whole structure store_catalog(12) = pear print *, store_catalog(12) This code can easily be rewritten in the Fortran 90 syntax as following: ! STRUCTURE /name/ ... END STRUCTURE becomes ! TYPE name ... END TYPE TYPE item INTEGER id CHARACTER(LEN=200) description REAL price END TYPE ! RECORD /name/ variable becomes TYPE(name) variable TYPE(item) pear, store_catalog(100) ! Instead of using a dot (.) to access fields of a record, the ! standard syntax uses a percent sign (%)
44
pear%id = 92316 pear%description = "juicy DAnjou pear" pear%price = 0.15 store_catalog(7)%id = 7831 store_catalog(7)%description = "milk bottle" store_catalog(7)%price = 1.2 ! Assignments of a whole variable dont change store_catalog(12) = pear print *, store_catalog(12)
6.2.2 ENCODE and DECODE statements

GNU Fortran doesnt support the ENCODE and DECODE statements. These statements are best replaced by READ and WRITE statements involving internal les (CHARACTER variables and arrays), which have been part of the Fortran standard since Fortran 77. For example, replace a code fragment like
INTEGER*1 LINE(80) REAL A, B, C c ... Code that sets LINE DECODE (80, 9000, LINE) A, B, C 9000 FORMAT (1X, 3(F10.5))
with the following:

CHARACTER(LEN=80) LINE REAL A, B, C c ... Code that sets LINE READ (UNIT=LINE, FMT=9000) A, B, C 9000 FORMAT (1X, 3(F10.5))
Similarly, replace a code fragment like

INTEGER*1 LINE(80) REAL A, B, C c ... Code that sets A, B and C ENCODE (80, 9000, LINE) A, B, C 9000 FORMAT (1X, OUTPUT IS , 3(F10.5))
with the following:

CHARACTER(LEN=80) LINE REAL A, B, C c ... Code that sets A, B and C WRITE (UNIT=LINE, FMT=9000) A, B, C 9000 FORMAT (1X, OUTPUT IS , 3(F10.5))
6.2.3 Variable FORMAT expressions

A variable FORMAT expression is format statement which includes angle brackets enclosing a Fortran expression: FORMAT(I<N>). GNU Fortran does not support this legacy extension. The eect of variable format expressions can be reproduced by using the more powerful (and standard) combination of internal output and string formats. For example, replace a code fragment like this:
20 WRITE(6,20) INT1 FORMAT(I<N+1>)
with the following:
45
c c c c
Variable declaration CHARACTER(LEN=20) F Other code here... WRITE(FMT,("(I", I0, ")")) N+1 WRITE(6,FM) INT1
or with:
c c c c Variable declaration CHARACTER(LEN=20) FMT Other code here... WRITE(FMT,*) N+1 WRITE(6,"(I" // ADJUSTL(FMT) // ")") INT1
Chapter 7: Mixed-Language Programming
47
7 Mixed-Language Programming
This chapter is about mixed-language interoperability, but also applies if one links Fortran code compiled by dierent compilers. In most cases, use of the C Binding features of the Fortran 2003 standard is sucient, and their use is highly recommended.
7.1 Interoperability with C

Since Fortran 2003 (ISO/IEC 1539-1:2004(E)) there is a standardized way to generate procedure and derived-type declarations and global variables which are interoperable with C (ISO/IEC 9899:1999). The bind(C) attribute has been added to inform the compiler that a symbol shall be interoperable with C; also, some constraints are added. Note, however, that not all C features have a Fortran equivalent or vice versa. For instance, neither Cs unsigned integers nor Cs functions with variable number of arguments have an equivalent in Fortran. Note that array dimensions are reversely ordered in C and that arrays in C always start with index 0 while in Fortran they start by default with 1. Thus, an array declaration A(n,m) in Fortran matches A[m][n] in C and accessing the element A(i,j) matches A[j1][i-1]. The element following A(i,j) (C: A[j-1][i-1]; assuming i < n) in memory is A(i+1,j) (C: A[j-1][i]).
7.1.1 Intrinsic Types

In order to ensure that exactly the same variable type and kind is used in C and Fortran, the named constants shall be used which are dened in the ISO_C_BINDING intrinsic module. That module contains named constants for kind parameters and character named constants for the escape sequences in C. For a list of the constants, see Section 9.2 [ISO C BINDING], page 185.
7.1.2 Derived Types and struct

For compatibility of derived types with struct, one needs to use the BIND(C) attribute in the type declaration. For instance, the following type declaration
USE ISO_C_BINDING TYPE, BIND(C) :: myType INTEGER(C_INT) :: i1, i2 INTEGER(C_SIGNED_CHAR) :: i3 REAL(C_DOUBLE) :: d1 COMPLEX(C_FLOAT_COMPLEX) :: c1 CHARACTER(KIND=C_CHAR) :: str(5) END TYPE
matches the following struct declaration in C

struct { int i1, i2; /* Note: "char" might be signed or unsigned. signed char i3; double d1; float _Complex c1; char str[5]; } myType; */
Derived types with the C binding attribute shall not have the sequence attribute, type parameters, the extends attribute, nor type-bound procedures. Every component must be
48
of interoperable type and kind and may not have the pointer or allocatable attribute. The names of the variables are irrelevant for interoperability. As there exist no direct Fortran equivalents, neither unions nor structs with bit eld or variable-length array members are interoperable.
7.1.3 Interoperable Global Variables

Variables can be made accessible from C using the C binding attribute, optionally together with specifying a binding name. Those variables have to be declared in the declaration part of a MODULE, be of interoperable type, and have neither the pointer nor the allocatable attribute.
MODULE m USE myType_module USE ISO_C_BINDING integer(C_INT), bind(C, name="_MyProject_flags") :: global_flag type(myType), bind(C) :: tp END MODULE
Here, _MyProject_flags is the case-sensitive name of the variable as seen from C programs while global_flag is the case-insensitive name as seen from Fortran. If no binding name is specied, as for tp, the C binding name is the (lowercase) Fortran binding name. If a binding name is specied, only a single variable may be after the double colon. Note of warning: You cannot use a global variable to access errno of the C library as the C standard allows it to be a macro. Use the IERRNO intrinsic (GNU extension) instead.
7.1.4 Interoperable Subroutines and Functions

Subroutines and functions have to have the BIND(C) attribute to be compatible with C. The dummy argument declaration is relatively straightforward. However, one needs to be careful because C uses call-by-value by default while Fortran behaves usually similar to call-by-reference. Furthermore, strings and pointers are handled dierently. Note that only explicit size and assumed-size arrays are supported but not assumed-shape or allocatable arrays. To pass a variable by value, use the VALUE attribute. Thus the following C prototype
int func(int i, int *j)
matches the Fortran declaration

integer(c_int) function func(i,j) use iso_c_binding, only: c_int integer(c_int), VALUE :: i integer(c_int) :: j
Note that pointer arguments also frequently need the VALUE attribute. Strings are handled quite dierently in C and Fortran. In C a string is a NUL-terminated array of characters while in Fortran each string has a length associated with it and is thus not terminated (by e.g. NUL). For example, if one wants to use the following C function,
#include <stdio.h> void print_C(char *string) /* equivalent: char string[] { printf("%s\n", string); } */
to print Hello World from Fortran, one can call it using
49
use iso_c_binding, only: C_CHAR, C_NULL_CHAR interface subroutine print_c(string) bind(C, name="print_C") use iso_c_binding, only: c_char character(kind=c_char) :: string(*) end subroutine print_c end interface call print_c(C_CHAR_"Hello World"//C_NULL_CHAR)
As the example shows, one needs to ensure that the string is NUL terminated. Additionally, the dummy argument string of print_C is a length-one assumed-size array; using character(len=*) is not allowed. The example above uses c_char_"Hello World" to ensure the string literal has the right type; typically the default character kind and c_char are the same and thus "Hello World" is equivalent. However, the standard does not guarantee this. The use of pointers is now illustrated using the C library function strncpy, whose prototype is
char *strncpy(char *restrict s1, const char *restrict s2, size_t n);
The function strncpy copies at most n characters from string s2 to s1 and returns s1. In the following example, we ignore the return value:
use iso_c_binding implicit none character(len=30) :: str,str2 interface ! Ignore the return value of strncpy -> subroutine ! "restrict" is always assumed if we do not pass a pointer subroutine strncpy(dest, src, n) bind(C) import character(kind=c_char), intent(out) :: dest(*) character(kind=c_char), intent(in) :: src(*) integer(c_size_t), value, intent(in) :: n end subroutine strncpy end interface str = repeat(X,30) ! Initialize whole string with X call strncpy(str, c_char_"Hello World"//C_NULL_CHAR, & len(c_char_"Hello World",kind=c_size_t)) print (a), str ! prints: "Hello WorldXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX" end
C pointers are represented in Fortran via the special derived type type(c_ptr), with private components. Thus one needs to use intrinsic conversion procedures to convert from or to C pointers. For example,
use iso_c_binding type(c_ptr) :: cptr1, cptr2 integer, target :: array(7), scalar integer, pointer :: pa(:), ps cptr1 = c_loc(array(1)) ! The programmer needs to ensure that the ! array is contiguous if required by the C ! procedure cptr2 = c_loc(scalar) call c_f_pointer(cptr2, ps) call c_f_pointer(cptr2, pa, shape=[7])
When converting C to Fortran arrays, the one-dimensional SHAPE argument has to be passed. Note: A pointer argument void * matches TYPE(C_PTR), VALUE while TYPE(C_ PTR) matches void **.
50
Procedure pointers are handled analogously to pointers; the C type is TYPE(C_FUNPTR) and the intrinsic conversion procedures are C_F_PROC_POINTER and C_FUNLOC. The intrinsic procedures are described in Chapter 8 [Intrinsic Procedures], page 55.
7.1.5 Further Interoperability of Fortran with C

Assumed-shape and allocatable arrays are passed using an array descriptor (dope vector). The internal structure of the array descriptor used by GNU Fortran is not yet documented and will change. There will also be a Technical Report (TR 29113) which standardizes an interoperable array descriptor. Until then, you can use the Chasm Language Interoperability Tools, http://chasm-interop.sourceforge.net/, which provide an interface to GNU Fortrans array descriptor. The technical report 29113 will presumably also include support for C-interoperable OPTIONAL and for assumed-rank and assumed-type dummy arguments. However, the TR has neither been approved nor implemented in GNU Fortran; therefore, these features are not yet available.
7.2 GNU Fortran Compiler Directives

The Fortran standard standard describes how a conforming program shall behave; however, the exact implementation is not standardized. In order to allow the user to choose specic implementation details, compiler directives can be used to set attributes of variables and procedures which are not part of the standard. Whether a given attribute is supported and its exact eects depend on both the operating system and on the processor; see Section C Extensions in Using the GNU Compiler Collection (GCC) for details. For procedures and procedure pointers, the following attributes can be used to change the calling convention: CDECL standard C calling convention STDCALL convention where the called procedure pops the stack FASTCALL part of the arguments are passed via registers instead using the stack Besides changing the calling convention, the attributes also inuence the decoration of the symbol name, e.g., by a leading underscore or by a trailing at-sign followed by the number of bytes on the stack. When assigning a procedure to a procedure pointer, both should use the same calling convention. On some systems, procedures and global variables (module variables and COMMON blocks) need special handling to be accessible when they are in a shared library. The following attributes are available: DLLEXPORT provide a global pointer to a pointer in the DLL DLLIMPORT reference the function or variable using a global pointer The attributes are specied using the syntax !GCC$ ATTRIBUTES attribute-list :: variable-list where in free-form source code only whitespace is allowed before !GCC$ and in xed-form source code !GCC$, cGCC$ or *GCC$ shall start in the rst column. For procedures, the compiler directives shall be placed into the body of the procedure; for variables and procedure pointers, they shall be in the same declaration part as the variable or procedure pointer.
51
7.3 Non-Fortran Main Program

Even if you are doing mixed-language programming, it is very likely that you do not need to know or use the information in this section. Since it is about the internal structure of GNU Fortran, it may also change in GCC minor releases. When you compile a PROGRAM with GNU Fortran, a function with the name main (in the symbol table of the object le) is generated, which initializes the libgfortran library and then calls the actual program which uses the name MAIN__, for historic reasons. If you link GNU Fortran compiled procedures to, e.g., a C or C++ program or to a Fortran program compiled by a dierent compiler, the libgfortran library is not initialized and thus a few intrinsic procedures do not work properly, e.g. those for obtaining the command-line arguments. Therefore, if your PROGRAM is not compiled with GNU Fortran and the GNU Fortran compiled procedures require intrinsics relying on the library initialization, you need to initialize the library yourself. Using the default options, gfortran calls _gfortran_set_ args and _gfortran_set_options. The initialization of the former is needed if the called procedures access the command line (and for backtracing); the latter sets some ags based on the standard chosen or to enable backtracing. In typical programs, it is not necessary to call any initialization function. If your PROGRAM is compiled with GNU Fortran, you shall not call any of the following functions. The libgfortran initialization functions are shown in C syntax but using C bindings they are also accessible from Fortran.
7.3.1 _gfortran_set_args Save command-line arguments

Description : _gfortran_set_args saves the command-line arguments; this initialization is required if any of the command-line intrinsics is called. Additionally, it shall be called if backtracing is enabled (see _gfortran_set_options). Syntax : Arguments : argc argv Example :
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { /* Initialize libgfortran. */ _gfortran_set_args (argc, argv); return 0; }
void _gfortran_set_args (int argc, char *argv[]) number of command line argument strings the command-line argument strings; argv[0] is the pathname of the executable itself.
7.3.2 _gfortran_set_options Set library option ags

Description : _gfortran_set_options sets several ags related to the Fortran standard to be used, whether backtracing or core dumps should be enabled and whether range checks should be performed. The syntax allows for upward compatibility
52
since the number of passed ags is specied; for non-passed ags, the default value is used. See also see Section 2.9 [Code Gen Options], page 18. Please note that not all ags are actually used. Syntax : Arguments : num argv option ag list : option[0] number of options passed The list of ag values Allowed standard; can give run-time errors if e.g. an input-output edit descriptor is invalid in a given standard. Possible values are (bitwise or-ed) GFC_STD_F77 (1), GFC_STD_F95_OBS (2), GFC_STD_F95_DEL (4), GFC_STD_F95 (8), GFC_STD_F2003 (16), GFC_STD_GNU (32), GFC_STD_LEGACY (64), and GFC_STD_F2008 (128). Default: GFC_STD_F95_OBS | GFC_STD_F95_DEL | GFC_STD_F2003 | GFC_STD_F2008 | GFC_STD_F95 | GFC_STD_F77 | GFC_STD_GNU | GFC_STD_LEGACY. Standard-warning ag; prints a warning to standard error. Default: GFC_STD_F95_DEL | GFC_STD_LEGACY. If non zero, enable pedantic checking. Default: o. If non zero, enable core dumps on run-time errors. Default: o. If non zero, enable backtracing on run-time errors. Default: o. Note: Installs a signal handler and requires command-line initialization using _gfortran_set_args. If non zero, supports signed zeros. Default: enabled. Enables run-time checking. Possible values are (bitwise or-ed): GFC RTCHECK BOUNDS (1), GFC RTCHECK ARRAY TEMPS (2), GFC RTCHECK RECURSION (4), GFC RTCHECK DO (16), GFC RTCHECK POINTER (32). Default: disabled. If non zero, range checking is enabled. Default: enabled. See -frange-check (see Section 2.9 [Code Gen Options], page 18). void _gfortran_set_options (int num, int options[])
option[1] option[2] option[3] option[4]
option[5] option[6]
option[7] Example :
/* Use gfortran 4.5 default options. */ static int options[] = {68, 255, 0, 0, 0, 1, 0, 1}; _gfortran_set_options (8, &options);
7.3.3 _gfortran_set_convert Set endian conversion

Description : _gfortran_set_convert set the representation of data for unformatted les. Syntax : void _gfortran_set_convert (int conv)
53
Arguments : conv Endian conversion, possible values: GFC CONVERT NATIVE (0, default), GFC CONVERT SWAP (1), GFC CONVERT BIG (2), GFC CONVERT LITTLE (3).
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { /* Initialize libgfortran. */ _gfortran_set_args (argc, argv); _gfortran_set_convert (1); return 0; }
Example :
7.3.4 _gfortran_set_record_marker Set length of record markers

Description : _gfortran_set_record_marker sets the length of record markers for unformatted les. Syntax : Arguments : val Example :
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { /* Initialize libgfortran. */ _gfortran_set_args (argc, argv); _gfortran_set_record_marker (8); return 0; }
void _gfortran_set_record_marker (int val) Length of the record marker; valid values are 4 and 8. Default is 4.
7.3.5 _gfortran_set_fpe Set when a Floating Point Exception should be raised

Description : _gfortran_set_fpe sets the IEEE exceptions for which a Floating Point Exception (FPE) should be raised. On most systems, this will result in a SIGFPE signal being sent and the program being interrupted. Syntax : Arguments : option[0] IEEE exceptions. Possible values are (bitwise or-ed) zero (0, default) no trapping, GFC_FPE_INVALID (1), GFC_FPE_ DENORMAL (2), GFC_FPE_ZERO (4), GFC_FPE_OVERFLOW (8), GFC_FPE_UNDERFLOW (16), and GFC_FPE_PRECISION (32). void _gfortran_set_fpe (int val)
Example :
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) {
54
/* Initialize libgfortran. */ _gfortran_set_args (argc, argv); /* FPE for invalid operations such as SQRT(-1.0). _gfortran_set_fpe (1); return 0; }
*/
7.3.6 _gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length Set subrecord length

Description : _gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length set the maximum length for a subrecord. This option only makes sense for testing and debugging of unformatted I/O. Syntax : Arguments : val Example :
int main (int argc, char *argv[]) { /* Initialize libgfortran. */ _gfortran_set_args (argc, argv); _gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length (8); return 0; }
void _gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length (int val) the maximum length for a subrecord; the maximum permitted value is 2147483639, which is also the default.
Chapter 8: Intrinsic Procedures
55
8 Intrinsic Procedures
8.1 Introduction to intrinsic procedures
The intrinsic procedures provided by GNU Fortran include all of the intrinsic procedures required by the Fortran 95 standard, a set of intrinsic procedures for backwards compatibility with G77, and a selection of intrinsic procedures from the Fortran 2003 and Fortran 2008 standards. Any conict between a description here and a description in either the Fortran 95 standard, the Fortran 2003 standard or the Fortran 2008 standard is unintentional, and the standard(s) should be considered authoritative. The enumeration of the KIND type parameter is processor dened in the Fortran 95 standard. GNU Fortran denes the default integer type and default real type by INTEGER(KIND=4) and REAL(KIND=4), respectively. The standard mandates that both data types shall have another kind, which have more precision. On typical target architectures supported by gfortran, this kind type parameter is KIND=8. Hence, REAL(KIND=8) and DOUBLE PRECISION are equivalent. In the description of generic intrinsic procedures, the kind type parameter will be specied by KIND=*, and in the description of specic names for an intrinsic procedure the kind type parameter will be explicitly given (e.g., REAL(KIND=4) or REAL(KIND=8)). Finally, for brevity the optional KIND= syntax will be omitted. Many of the intrinsic procedures take one or more optional arguments. This document follows the convention used in the Fortran 95 standard, and denotes such arguments by square brackets. GNU Fortran oers the -std=f95 and -std=gnu options, which can be used to restrict the set of intrinsic procedures to a given standard. By default, gfortran sets the -std=gnu option, and so all intrinsic procedures described here are accepted. There is one caveat. For a select group of intrinsic procedures, g77 implemented both a function and a subroutine. Both classes have been implemented in gfortran for backwards compatibility with g77. It is noted here that these functions and subroutines cannot be intermixed in a given subprogram. In the descriptions that follow, the applicable standard for each intrinsic procedure is noted.
8.2 ABORT Abort the program

Description : ABORT causes immediate termination of the program. On operating systems that support a core dump, ABORT will produce a core dump even if the option -fno-dump-core is in eect, which is suitable for debugging purposes. Standard : Class : Syntax : GNU extension Subroutine CALL ABORT
Return value : Does not return. Example :
56
program test_abort integer :: i = 1, j = 2 if (i /= j) call abort end program test_abort
See also :
Section 8.68 [EXIT], page 97, Section 8.124 [KILL], page 128
8.3 ABS Absolute value

Description : ABS(A) computes the absolute value of A. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A The type of the argument shall be an INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX. Fortran 77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions Elemental function RESULT = ABS(A)
Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as the argument except the return value is REAL for a COMPLEX argument. Example :
program test_abs integer :: i = -1 real :: x = -1.e0 complex :: z = (-1.e0,0.e0) i = abs(i) x = abs(x) x = abs(z) end program test_abs
Specic names : Name CABS(A) DABS(A) IABS(A) ZABS(A) CDABS(A)
Argument COMPLEX(4) REAL(8) X INTEGER(4) COMPLEX(8) COMPLEX(8)
Z I Z Z
Return type REAL(4) REAL(8) INTEGER(4) COMPLEX(8) COMPLEX(8)
Standard Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later GNU extension GNU extension
8.4 ACCESS Checks le access modes

Description : ACCESS(NAME, MODE) checks whether the le NAME exists, is readable, writable or executable. Except for the executable check, ACCESS can be replaced by Fortran 95s INQUIRE. Standard : Class : Syntax : GNU extension Inquiry function RESULT = ACCESS(NAME, MODE)
57
Arguments : NAME Scalar CHARACTER of default kind with the le name. Tailing blank are ignored unless the character achar(0) is present, then all characters up to and excluding achar(0) are used as le name. Scalar CHARACTER of default kind with the le access mode, may be any concatenation of "r" (readable), "w" (writable) and "x" (executable), or " " to check for existence.
MODE
Return value : Returns a scalar INTEGER, which is 0 if the le is accessible in the given mode; otherwise or if an invalid argument has been given for MODE the value 1 is returned. Example :
program access_test implicit none character(len=*), parameter :: file = test.dat character(len=*), parameter :: file2 = test.dat //achar(0) if(access(file, ) == 0) print *, trim(file), is exists if(access(file,r) == 0) print *, trim(file), is readable if(access(file,w) == 0) print *, trim(file), is writable if(access(file,x) == 0) print *, trim(file), is executable if(access(file2,rwx) == 0) & print *, trim(file2), is readable, writable and executable end program access_test
Specic names : See also :
8.5 ACHAR Character in ASCII collating sequence

Description : ACHAR(I) returns the character located at position I in the ASCII collating sequence. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I KIND The type shall be INTEGER. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 77 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Elemental function RESULT = ACHAR(I [, KIND])
Return value : The return value is of type CHARACTER with a length of one. If the KIND argument is present, the return value is of the specied kind and of the default kind otherwise. Example :
58
program test_achar character c c = achar(32) end program test_achar
Note : See also :
See Section 8.107 [ICHAR], page 119 for a discussion of converting between numerical values and formatted string representations. Section 8.39 [CHAR], page 78, Section 8.101 [IACHAR], page 116, Section 8.107 [ICHAR], page 119
8.6 ACOS Arccosine function

Description : ACOS(X) computes the arccosine of X (inverse of COS(X)). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall either be REAL with a magnitude that is less than or equal to one - or the type shall be COMPLEX. Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later Elemental function RESULT = ACOS(X)
Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as X. The real part of the result is in radians and lies in the range 0 acos(x) . Example :
program test_acos real(8) :: x = 0.866_8 x = acos(x) end program test_acos
Specic names : Name DACOS(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
Standard Fortran 77 and later
Inverse function: Section 8.46 [COS], page 83
8.7 ACOSH Inverse hyperbolic cosine function

Description : ACOSH(X) computes the inverse hyperbolic cosine of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = ACOSH(X)
59
Return value : The return value has the same type and kind as X. If X is complex, the imaginary part of the result is in radians and lies between 0 acosh(x) . Example :
PROGRAM test_acosh REAL(8), DIMENSION(3) :: x = (/ 1.0, 2.0, 3.0 /) WRITE (*,*) ACOSH(x) END PROGRAM
Specic names : Name DACOSH(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
Standard GNU extension
Inverse function: Section 8.47 [COSH], page 83
8.8 ADJUSTL Left adjust a string

Description : ADJUSTL(STRING) will left adjust a string by removing leading spaces. Spaces are inserted at the end of the string as needed. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING The type shall be CHARACTER. Return value : The return value is of type CHARACTER and of the same kind as STRING where leading spaces are removed and the same number of spaces are inserted on the end of STRING. Example :
program test_adjustl character(len=20) :: str = str = adjustl(str) print *, str end program test_adjustl gfortran
Fortran 90 and later Elemental function RESULT = ADJUSTL(STRING)
See also :
Section 8.9 [ADJUSTR], page 59, Section 8.219 [TRIM], page 179
8.9 ADJUSTR Right adjust a string

Description : ADJUSTR(STRING) will right adjust a string by removing trailing spaces. Spaces are inserted at the start of the string as needed. Standard : Class : Syntax : Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = ADJUSTR(STRING)
60
Arguments : STR The type shall be CHARACTER. Return value : The return value is of type CHARACTER and of the same kind as STRING where trailing spaces are removed and the same number of spaces are inserted at the start of STRING. Example :
program test_adjustr character(len=20) :: str = gfortran str = adjustr(str) print *, str end program test_adjustr
See also :
Section 8.8 [ADJUSTL], page 59, Section 8.219 [TRIM], page 179
8.10 AIMAG Imaginary part of complex number

Description : AIMAG(Z) yields the imaginary part of complex argument Z. The IMAG(Z) and IMAGPART(Z) intrinsic functions are provided for compatibility with g77, and their use in new code is strongly discouraged. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : Z The type of the argument shall be COMPLEX. Return value : The return value is of type REAL with the kind type parameter of the argument. Example :
program test_aimag complex(4) z4 complex(8) z8 z4 = cmplx(1.e0_4, 0.e0_4) z8 = cmplx(0.e0_8, 1.e0_8) print *, aimag(z4), dimag(z8) end program test_aimag
Fortran 77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions Elemental function RESULT = AIMAG(Z)
Specic names : Name DIMAG(Z) IMAG(Z) IMAGPART(Z)
Argument COMPLEX(8) Z COMPLEX Z COMPLEX Z
Return type REAL(8) REAL REAL
Standard GNU extension GNU extension GNU extension
8.11 AINT Truncate to a whole number

Description : AINT(A [, KIND]) truncates its argument to a whole number.
61
Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments :
Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = AINT(A [, KIND]) A KIND The type of the argument shall be REAL. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.
Return value : The return value is of type REAL with the kind type parameter of the argument if the optional KIND is absent; otherwise, the kind type parameter will be given by KIND. If the magnitude of X is less than one, AINT(X) returns zero. If the magnitude is equal to or greater than one then it returns the largest whole number that does not exceed its magnitude. The sign is the same as the sign of X. Example :
program test_aint real(4) x4 real(8) x8 x4 = 1.234E0_4 x8 = 4.321_8 print *, aint(x4), dint(x8) x8 = aint(x4,8) end program test_aint
Specic names : Name DINT(X)
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
8.12 ALARM Execute a routine after a given delay

Description : ALARM(SECONDS, HANDLER [, STATUS]) causes external subroutine HANDLER to be executed after a delay of SECONDS by using alarm(2) to set up a signal and signal(2) to catch it. If STATUS is supplied, it will be returned with the number of seconds remaining until any previously scheduled alarm was due to be delivered, or zero if there was no previously scheduled alarm. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : SECONDS HANDLER The type of the argument shall be a scalar INTEGER. It is INTENT(IN). Signal handler (INTEGER FUNCTION or SUBROUTINE) or dummy/global INTEGER scalar. The scalar values may be either SIG_IGN=1 to ignore the alarm generated or SIG_DFL=0 to set the default action. It is INTENT(IN). GNU extension Subroutine CALL ALARM(SECONDS, HANDLER [, STATUS])
62
STATUS Example :
(Optional) STATUS shall be a scalar variable of the default INTEGER kind. It is INTENT(OUT).
program test_alarm external handler_print integer i call alarm (3, handler_print, i) print *, i call sleep(10) end program test_alarm
This will cause the external routine handler print to be called after 3 seconds.
8.13 ALL All values in MASK along DIM are true

Description : ALL(MASK [, DIM]) determines if all the values are true in MASK in the array along dimension DIM. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : MASK DIM The type of the argument shall be LOGICAL and it shall not be scalar. (Optional) DIM shall be a scalar integer with a value that lies between one and the rank of MASK. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = ALL(MASK [, DIM])
Return value : ALL(MASK) returns a scalar value of type LOGICAL where the kind type parameter is the same as the kind type parameter of MASK. If DIM is present, then ALL(MASK, DIM) returns an array with the rank of MASK minus 1. The shape is determined from the shape of MASK where the DIM dimension is elided. (A) (B) ALL(MASK) is true if all elements of MASK are true. It also is true if MASK has zero size; otherwise, it is false. If the rank of MASK is one, then ALL(MASK,DIM) is equivalent to ALL(MASK). If the rank is greater than one, then ALL(MASK,DIM) is determined by applying ALL to the array sections.
program test_all logical l l = all((/.true., .true., .true./)) print *, l call section contains subroutine section integer a(2,3), b(2,3) a = 1 b = 1
Example :
63
b(2,2) = 2 print *, all(a .eq. b, 1) print *, all(a .eq. b, 2) end subroutine section end program test_all
8.14 ALLOCATED Status of an allocatable entity

Description : ALLOCATED(ARRAY) checks the status of whether X is allocated. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : ARRAY The argument shall be an ALLOCATABLE array. Return value : The return value is a scalar LOGICAL with the default logical kind type parameter. If ARRAY is allocated, ALLOCATED(ARRAY) is .TRUE.; otherwise, it returns .FALSE. Example :
program test_allocated integer :: i = 4 real(4), allocatable :: x(:) if (.not. allocated(x)) allocate(x(i)) end program test_allocated
Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = ALLOCATED(ARRAY)
8.15 AND Bitwise logical AND

Description : Bitwise logical AND. This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. For integer arguments, programmers should consider the use of the Section 8.102 [IAND], page 116 intrinsic dened by the Fortran standard. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I J The type shall be either a scalar INTEGER type or a scalar LOGICAL type. The type shall be the same as the type of I. GNU extension Function RESULT = AND(I, J)
Return value : The return type is either a scalar INTEGER or a scalar LOGICAL. If the kind type parameters dier, then the smaller kind type is implicitly converted to larger kind, and the return has the larger kind.
64
Example :
PROGRAM test_and LOGICAL :: T = .TRUE., F = .FALSE. INTEGER :: a, b DATA a / ZF /, b / Z3 / WRITE (*,*) AND(T, T), AND(T, F), AND(F, T), AND(F, F) WRITE (*,*) AND(a, b) END PROGRAM
See also :
Fortran 95 elemental function: Section 8.102 [IAND], page 116
8.16 ANINT Nearest whole number

Description : ANINT(A [, KIND]) rounds its argument to the nearest whole number. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A KIND The type of the argument shall be REAL. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = ANINT(A [, KIND])
Return value : The return value is of type real with the kind type parameter of the argument if the optional KIND is absent; otherwise, the kind type parameter will be given by KIND. If A is greater than zero, ANINT(A) returns AINT(X+0.5). If A is less than or equal to zero then it returns AINT(X-0.5). Example :
program test_anint real(4) x4 real(8) x8 x4 = 1.234E0_4 x8 = 4.321_8 print *, anint(x4), dnint(x8) x8 = anint(x4,8) end program test_anint
Specic names : Name DNINT(A)
Argument REAL(8) A
Return type REAL(8)
8.17 ANY Any value in MASK along DIM is true

Description : ANY(MASK [, DIM]) determines if any of the values in the logical array MASK along dimension DIM are .TRUE.. Standard : Fortran 95 and later
65
Class : Syntax : Arguments :
Transformational function RESULT = ANY(MASK [, DIM]) MASK DIM The type of the argument shall be LOGICAL and it shall not be scalar. (Optional) DIM shall be a scalar integer with a value that lies between one and the rank of MASK.
Return value : ANY(MASK) returns a scalar value of type LOGICAL where the kind type parameter is the same as the kind type parameter of MASK. If DIM is present, then ANY(MASK, DIM) returns an array with the rank of MASK minus 1. The shape is determined from the shape of MASK where the DIM dimension is elided. (A) (B) ANY(MASK) is true if any element of MASK is true; otherwise, it is false. It also is false if MASK has zero size. If the rank of MASK is one, then ANY(MASK,DIM) is equivalent to ANY(MASK). If the rank is greater than one, then ANY(MASK,DIM) is determined by applying ANY to the array sections.
program test_any logical l l = any((/.true., .true., .true./)) print *, l call section contains subroutine section integer a(2,3), b(2,3) a = 1 b = 1 b(2,2) = 2 print *, any(a .eq. b, 1) print *, any(a .eq. b, 2) end subroutine section end program test_any
Example :
8.18 ASIN Arcsine function

Description : ASIN(X) computes the arcsine of its X (inverse of SIN(X)). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be either REAL and a magnitude that is less than or equal to one - or be COMPLEX. Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later Elemental function RESULT = ASIN(X)
66
Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as X. The real part of the result is in radians and lies in the range /2 asin(x) /2. Example :
program test_asin real(8) :: x = 0.866_8 x = asin(x) end program test_asin
Specic names : Name DASIN(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
Inverse function: Section 8.196 [SIN], page 167
8.19 ASINH Inverse hyperbolic sine function

Description : ASINH(X) computes the inverse hyperbolic sine of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as X. If X is complex, the imaginary part of the result is in radians and lies between /2 asinh(x) /2. Example :
PROGRAM test_asinh REAL(8), DIMENSION(3) :: x = (/ -1.0, 0.0, 1.0 /) WRITE (*,*) ASINH(x) END PROGRAM
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = ASINH(X)
Specic names : Name DASINH(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
Standard GNU extension.
Inverse function: Section 8.197 [SINH], page 167
8.20 ASSOCIATED Status of a pointer or pointer/target pair

Description : ASSOCIATED(POINTER [, TARGET]) determines the status of the pointer POINTER or if POINTER is associated with the target TARGET. Standard : Class : Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function
67
Syntax : Arguments :
RESULT = ASSOCIATED(POINTER [, TARGET]) POINTER POINTER shall have the POINTER attribute and it can be of any type. TARGET (Optional) TARGET shall be a pointer or a target. It must have the same type, kind type parameter, and array rank as POINTER. The association status of neither POINTER nor TARGET shall be undened.
Return value : ASSOCIATED(POINTER) returns a scalar value of type LOGICAL(4). There are several cases: (A) When the optional TARGET is not present then ASSOCIATED(POINTER) is true if POINTER is associated with a target; otherwise, it returns false. (B) If TARGET is present and a scalar target, the result is true if TARGET is not a zero-sized storage sequence and the target associated with POINTER occupies the same storage units. If POINTER is disassociated, the result is false. (C) If TARGET is present and an array target, the result is true if TARGET and POINTER have the same shape, are not zero-sized arrays, are arrays whose elements are not zero-sized storage sequences, and TARGET and POINTER occupy the same storage units in array element order. As in case(B), the result is false, if POINTER is disassociated. (D) If TARGET is present and an scalar pointer, the result is true if TARGET is associated with POINTER, the target associated with TARGET are not zero-sized storage sequences and occupy the same storage units. The result is false, if either TARGET or POINTER is disassociated. (E) If TARGET is present and an array pointer, the result is true if target associated with POINTER and the target associated with TARGET have the same shape, are not zero-sized arrays, are arrays whose elements are not zero-sized storage sequences, and TARGET and POINTER occupy the same storage units in array element order. The result is false, if either TARGET or POINTER is disassociated. Example :
program test_associated implicit none real, target :: tgt(2) = (/1., 2./) real, pointer :: ptr(:) ptr => tgt if (associated(ptr) .eqv. .false.) call abort if (associated(ptr,tgt) .eqv. .false.) call abort end program test_associated
68
See also :
Section 8.166 [NULL], page 150
8.21 ATAN Arctangent function

Description : ATAN(X) computes the arctangent of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Y shall be of the same type and kind as X. Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as X. If Y is present, the result is identical to ATAN2(Y,X). Otherwise, it the arcus tangent of X, where the real part of the result is in radians and lies in the range /2 atan(x) /2. Example :
program test_atan real(8) :: x = 2.866_8 x = atan(x) end program test_atan
Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument and for two arguments Fortran 2008 or later Elemental function RESULT = ATAN(X) RESULT = ATAN(Y, X) The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX; if Y is present, X shall be REAL.
Specic names : Name DATAN(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
Inverse function: Section 8.211 [TAN], page 175
8.22 ATAN2 Arctangent function

Description : ATAN2(Y, X) computes the principal value of the argument function of the complex number X + iY . This function can be used to transform from carthesian into polar coordinates and allows to determine the angle in the correct quadrant. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : Y X The type shall be REAL. The type and kind type parameter shall be the same as Y. If Y is zero, then X must be nonzero. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = ATAN2(Y, X)
69
Return value : The return value has the same type and kind type parameter as Y. It is the principal value of the complex number X + iY . If X is nonzero, then it lies in the range atan(x) . The sign is positive if Y is positive. If Y is zero, then the return value is zero if X is positive and if X is negative. Finally, if X is zero, then the magnitude of the result is /2. Example :
program test_atan2 real(4) :: x = 1.e0_4, y = 0.5e0_4 x = atan2(y,x) end program test_atan2
Specic names : Name DATAN2(X, Y)
Argument REAL(8) X, REAL(8) Y
Return type REAL(8)
8.23 ATANH Inverse hyperbolic tangent function

Description : ATANH(X) computes the inverse hyperbolic tangent of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value has same type and kind as X. If X is complex, the imaginary part of the result is in radians and lies between /2 atanh(x) /2. Example :
PROGRAM test_atanh REAL, DIMENSION(3) :: x = (/ -1.0, 0.0, 1.0 /) WRITE (*,*) ATANH(x) END PROGRAM
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = ATANH(X)
Specic names : Name DATANH(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
Inverse function: Section 8.212 [TANH], page 176
8.24 BESSEL_J0 Bessel function of the rst kind of order 0

Description : BESSEL_J0(X) computes the Bessel function of the rst kind of order 0 of X. This function is available under the name BESJ0 as a GNU extension. Standard : Fortran 2008 and later
70
Elemental function RESULT = BESSEL_J0(X) X The type shall be REAL, and it shall be scalar.
Return value : The return value is of type REAL and lies in the range 0.4027... Bessel(0, x) 1. It has the same kind as X. Example :
program test_besj0 real(8) :: x = 0.0_8 x = bessel_j0(x) end program test_besj0
Specic names : Name DBESJ0(X)
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
8.25 BESSEL_J1 Bessel function of the rst kind of order 1

Description : BESSEL_J1(X) computes the Bessel function of the rst kind of order 1 of X. This function is available under the name BESJ1 as a GNU extension. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL, and it shall be scalar. the range Return value : The return value is of type REAL and it lies in 0.5818... Bessel(0, x) 0.5818. It has the same kind as X. Example :
program test_besj1 real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 x = bessel_j1(x) end program test_besj1
Fortran 2008 Elemental function RESULT = BESSEL_J1(X)
Specic names : Name DBESJ1(X)
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
8.26 BESSEL_JN Bessel function of the rst kind

Description : BESSEL_JN(N, X) computes the Bessel function of the rst kind of order N of X. This function is available under the name BESJN as a GNU extension. If both arguments are arrays, their ranks and shapes shall conform.
71
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = BESSEL_JN(N, X) N X Shall be a scalar or an array of type INTEGER. Shall be a scalar or an array of type REAL.
Return value : The return value is a scalar of type REAL. It has the same kind as X. Example :
program test_besjn real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 x = bessel_jn(5,x) end program test_besjn
Specic names : Name DBESJN(N, X)
Argument INTEGER N REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
8.27 BESSEL_Y0 Bessel function of the second kind of order 0

Description : BESSEL_Y0(X) computes the Bessel function of the second kind of order 0 of X. This function is available under the name BESY0 as a GNU extension. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL, and it shall be scalar. Return value : The return value is a scalar of type REAL. It has the same kind as X. Example :
program test_besy0 real(8) :: x = 0.0_8 x = bessel_y0(x) end program test_besy0
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = BESSEL_Y0(X)
Specic names : Name DBESY0(X)
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
72
8.28 BESSEL_Y1 Bessel function of the second kind of order 1

Description : BESSEL_Y1(X) computes the Bessel function of the second kind of order 1 of X. This function is available under the name BESY1 as a GNU extension. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL, and it shall be scalar. Return value : The return value is a scalar of type REAL. It has the same kind as X. Example :
program test_besy1 real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 x = bessel_y1(x) end program test_besy1
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = BESSEL_Y1(X)
Specic names : Name DBESY1(X)
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
8.29 BESSEL_YN Bessel function of the second kind

Description : BESSEL_YN(N, X) computes the Bessel function of the second kind of order N of X. This function is available under the name BESYN as a GNU extension. If both arguments are arrays, their ranks and shapes shall conform. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : N X Shall be a scalar or an array of type INTEGER. Shall be a scalar or an array of type REAL. Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = BESSEL_YN(N, X)
Return value : The return value is a scalar of type REAL. It has the same kind as X. Example :
program test_besyn real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 x = bessel_yn(5,x) end program test_besyn
Specic names : Name DBESYN(N,X)
Argument INTEGER N REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
73
8.30 BIT_SIZE Bit size inquiry function

Description : BIT_SIZE(I) returns the number of bits (integer precision plus sign bit) represented by the type of I. The result of BIT_SIZE(I) is independent of the actual value of I. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I The type shall be INTEGER. Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER Example :
program test_bit_size integer :: i = 123 integer :: size size = bit_size(i) print *, size end program test_bit_size
Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = BIT_SIZE(I)
8.31 BTEST Bit test function

Description : BTEST(I,POS) returns logical .TRUE. if the bit at POS in I is set. The counting of the bits starts at 0. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I POS The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER. Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = BTEST(I, POS)
Return value : The return value is of type LOGICAL Example :

program test_btest integer :: i = 32768 + 1024 + 64 integer :: pos logical :: bool do pos=0,16 bool = btest(i, pos) print *, pos, bool end do end program test_btest
74
8.32 C_ASSOCIATED Status of a C pointer

Description : C_ASSOCIATED(c_prt_1[, c_ptr_2]) determines the status of the C pointer c ptr 1 or if c ptr 1 is associated with the target c ptr 2. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : c ptr 1 c ptr 2 Scalar of the type C_PTR or C_FUNPTR. (Optional) Scalar of the same type as c ptr 1. Fortran 2003 and later Inquiry function RESULT = C_ASSOCIATED(c_prt_1[, c_ptr_2])
Return value : The return value is of type LOGICAL; it is .false. if either c ptr 1 is a C NULL pointer or if c ptr1 and c ptr 2 point to dierent addresses. Example :
subroutine association_test(a,b) use iso_c_binding, only: c_associated, c_loc, c_ptr implicit none real, pointer :: a type(c_ptr) :: b if(c_associated(b, c_loc(a))) & stop b and a do not point to same target end subroutine association_test
See also :
Section 8.36 [C LOC], page 76, Section 8.33 [C FUNLOC], page 74
8.33 C_FUNLOC Obtain the C address of a procedure

Description : C_FUNLOC(x) determines the C address of the argument. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : x Interoperable function or pointer to such function. Return value : The return value is of type C_FUNPTR and contains the C address of the argument. Example :
module x use iso_c_binding implicit none contains subroutine sub(a) bind(c) real(c_float) :: a
Fortran 2003 and later Inquiry function RESULT = C_FUNLOC(x)
75
a = sqrt(a)+5.0 end subroutine sub end module x program main use iso_c_binding use x implicit none interface subroutine my_routine(p) bind(c,name=myC_func) import :: c_funptr type(c_funptr), intent(in) :: p end subroutine end interface call my_routine(c_funloc(sub)) end program main
See also :
Section 8.32 [C ASSOCIATED], page 74, Section 8.36 [C LOC], page 76, Section 8.35 [C F POINTER], page 76, Section 8.34 [C F PROCPOINTER], page 75
8.34 C_F_PROCPOINTER Convert C into Fortran procedure pointer

Description : C_F_PROCPOINTER(CPTR, FPTR) Assign the target of the C function pointer CPTR to the Fortran procedure pointer FPTR. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : CPTR FPTR Example :
program main use iso_c_binding implicit none abstract interface function func(a) import :: c_float real(c_float), intent(in) :: a real(c_float) :: func end function end interface interface function getIterFunc() bind(c,name="getIterFunc") import :: c_funptr type(c_funptr) :: getIterFunc end function end interface type(c_funptr) :: cfunptr procedure(func), pointer :: myFunc cfunptr = getIterFunc()
Fortran 2003 and later Subroutine CALL C_F_PROCPOINTER(cptr, fptr) scalar of the type C_FUNPTR. It is INTENT(IN). procedure pointer interoperable with cptr. It is INTENT(OUT).
76
call c_f_procpointer(cfunptr, myFunc) end program main
See also :
Section 8.36 [C LOC], page 76, Section 8.35 [C F POINTER], page 76
8.35 C_F_POINTER Convert C into Fortran pointer

Description : C_F_POINTER(CPTR, FPTR[, SHAPE]) Assign the target the C pointer CPTR to the Fortran pointer FPTR and specify its shape. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : CPTR FPTR SHAPE scalar of the type C_PTR. It is INTENT(IN). pointer interoperable with cptr. It is INTENT(OUT). (Optional) Rank-one array of type INTEGER with INTENT(IN). It shall be present if and only if fptr is an array. The size must be equal to the rank of fptr. Fortran 2003 and later Subroutine CALL C_F_POINTER(CPTR, FPTR[, SHAPE])
Example :
program main use iso_c_binding implicit none interface subroutine my_routine(p) bind(c,name=myC_func) import :: c_ptr type(c_ptr), intent(out) :: p end subroutine end interface type(c_ptr) :: cptr real,pointer :: a(:) call my_routine(cptr) call c_f_pointer(cptr, a, [12]) end program main
See also :
Section 8.36 [C LOC], page 76, Section 8.34 [C F PROCPOINTER], page 75
8.36 C_LOC Obtain the C address of an object

Description : C_LOC(X) determines the C address of the argument. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Associated scalar pointer or interoperable scalar or allocated allocatable variable with TARGET attribute. Fortran 2003 and later Inquiry function RESULT = C_LOC(X)
77
Return value : The return value is of type C_PTR and contains the C address of the argument. Example :
subroutine association_test(a,b) use iso_c_binding, only: c_associated, c_loc, c_ptr implicit none real, pointer :: a type(c_ptr) :: b if(c_associated(b, c_loc(a))) & stop b and a do not point to same target end subroutine association_test
See also :
Section 8.32 [C ASSOCIATED], page 74, Section 8.33 [C FUNLOC], page 74, Section 8.35 [C F POINTER], page 76, Section 8.34 [C F PROCPOINTER], page 75
8.37 C_SIZEOF Size in bytes of an expression

Description : C_SIZEOF(X) calculates the number of bytes of storage the expression X occupies. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The argument shall be of any type, rank or shape. Return value : The return value is of type integer and of the system-dependent kind C SIZE T (from the ISO C BINDING module). Its value is the number of bytes occupied by the argument. If the argument has the POINTER attribute, the number of bytes of the storage area pointed to is returned. If the argument is of a derived type with POINTER or ALLOCATABLE components, the return value doesnt account for the sizes of the data pointed to by these components. Example :
use iso_c_binding integer(c_int) :: i real(c_float) :: r, s(5) print *, (c_sizeof(s)/c_sizeof(r) == 5) end
Fortran 2008 Intrinsic function N = C_SIZEOF(X)
The example will print .TRUE. unless you are using a platform where default REAL variables are unusually padded. See also : Section 8.199 [SIZEOF], page 168
78
8.38 CEILING Integer ceiling function

Description : CEILING(A) returns the least integer greater than or equal to A. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A KIND The type shall be REAL. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = CEILING(A [, KIND])
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER(KIND) if KIND is present and a defaultkind INTEGER otherwise. Example :
program test_ceiling real :: x = 63.29 real :: y = -63.59 print *, ceiling(x) ! returns 64 print *, ceiling(y) ! returns -63 end program test_ceiling
See also :
Section 8.75 [FLOOR], page 101, Section 8.164 [NINT], page 149
8.39 CHAR Character conversion function

Description : CHAR(I [, KIND]) returns the character represented by the integer I. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I KIND The type shall be INTEGER. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = CHAR(I [, KIND])
Return value : The return value is of type CHARACTER(1) Example :

program test_char integer :: i = 74 character(1) :: c c = char(i) print *, i, c ! returns J end program test_char
79
Note : See also :
See Section 8.107 [ICHAR], page 119 for a discussion of converting between numerical values and formatted string representations. Section 8.5 [ACHAR], page 57, Section 8.101 [IACHAR], page 116, Section 8.107 [ICHAR], page 119
8.40 CHDIR Change working directory

Description : Change current working directory to a specied path. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL CHDIR(NAME [, STATUS]) STATUS = CHDIR(NAME) Arguments : NAME STATUS The type shall be CHARACTER of default kind and shall specify a valid path within the le system. (Optional) INTEGER status ag of the default kind. Returns 0 on success, and a system specic and nonzero error code otherwise. GNU extension Subroutine, function
Example :
PROGRAM test_chdir CHARACTER(len=255) :: path CALL getcwd(path) WRITE(*,*) TRIM(path) CALL chdir("/tmp") CALL getcwd(path) WRITE(*,*) TRIM(path) END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.90 [GETCWD], page 111
8.41 CHMOD Change access permissions of les

Description : CHMOD changes the permissions of a le. This function invokes /bin/chmod and might therefore not work on all platforms. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL CHMOD(NAME, MODE[, STATUS]) STATUS = CHMOD(NAME, MODE) GNU extension Subroutine, function
80
Arguments : NAME Scalar CHARACTER of default kind with the le name. Trailing blanks are ignored unless the character achar(0) is present, then all characters up to and excluding achar(0) are used as the le name. Scalar CHARACTER of default kind giving the le permission. MODE uses the same syntax as the MODE argument of /bin/chmod. (optional) scalar INTEGER, which is 0 on success and nonzero otherwise.
MODE
STATUS
Return value : In either syntax, STATUS is set to 0 on success and nonzero otherwise. Example : CHMOD as subroutine
program chmod_test implicit none integer :: status call chmod(test.dat,u+x,status) print *, Status: , status end program chmod_test
CHMOD as function:
program chmod_test implicit none integer :: status status = chmod(test.dat,u+x) print *, Status: , status end program chmod_test
8.42 CMPLX Complex conversion function

Description : CMPLX(X [, Y [, KIND]]) returns a complex number where X is converted to the real component. If Y is present it is converted to the imaginary component. If Y is not present then the imaginary component is set to 0.0. If X is complex then Y must not be present. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Y KIND The type may be INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX. (Optional; only allowed if X is not COMPLEX.) May be INTEGER or REAL. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = CMPLX(X [, Y [, KIND]])
81
Return value : The return value is of COMPLEX type, with a kind equal to KIND if it is specied. If KIND is not specied, the result is of the default COMPLEX kind, regardless of the kinds of X and Y. Example :
program test_cmplx integer :: i = 42 real :: x = 3.14 complex :: z z = cmplx(i, x) print *, z, cmplx(x) end program test_cmplx
See also :
Section 8.44 [COMPLEX], page 81
8.43 COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT Get number of command line arguments

Description : COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT() returns the number of arguments passed on the command line when the containing program was invoked. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : None Return value : The return value is an INTEGER of default kind. Example :
program test_command_argument_count integer :: count count = command_argument_count() print *, count end program test_command_argument_count
Fortran 2003 and later Inquiry function RESULT = COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT()
See also :
Section 8.88 [GET COMMAND], page 109, Section 8.89 [GET COMMAND ARGUMENT], page 110
8.44 COMPLEX Complex conversion function

Description : COMPLEX(X, Y) returns a complex number where X is converted to the real component and Y is converted to the imaginary component. Standard : Class : Syntax : GNU extension Elemental function RESULT = COMPLEX(X, Y)
82
Arguments : X Y The type may be INTEGER or REAL. The type may be INTEGER or REAL.
Return value : If X and Y are both of INTEGER type, then the return value is of default COMPLEX type. If X and Y are of REAL type, or one is of REAL type and one is of INTEGER type, then the return value is of COMPLEX type with a kind equal to that of the REAL argument with the highest precision. Example :
program test_complex integer :: i = 42 real :: x = 3.14 print *, complex(i, x) end program test_complex
See also :
Section 8.42 [CMPLX], page 80
8.45 CONJG Complex conjugate function

Description : CONJG(Z) returns the conjugate of Z. If Z is (x, y) then the result is (x, -y) Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : Z The type shall be COMPLEX. Return value : The return value is of type COMPLEX. Example :
program test_conjg complex :: z = (2.0, 3.0) complex(8) :: dz = (2.71_8, -3.14_8) z= conjg(z) print *, z dz = dconjg(dz) print *, dz end program test_conjg
Fortran 77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions Elemental function Z = CONJG(Z)
Specic names : Name DCONJG(Z)
Argument COMPLEX(8) Z
Return type COMPLEX(8)
83
8.46 COS Cosine function

Description : COS(X) computes the cosine of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as X. The real part of the result is in radians. If X is of the type REAL, the return value lies in the range 1 cos(x) 1. Example :
program test_cos real :: x = 0.0 x = cos(x) end program test_cos
Fortran 77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions Elemental function RESULT = COS(X)
Specic names : Name DCOS(X) CCOS(X) ZCOS(X) CDCOS(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X COMPLEX(4) X COMPLEX(8) X COMPLEX(8) X
Return type REAL(8) COMPLEX(4) COMPLEX(8) COMPLEX(8)
Standard Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later GNU extension GNU extension
Inverse function: Section 8.6 [ACOS], page 58
8.47 COSH Hyperbolic cosine function

Description : COSH(X) computes the hyperbolic cosine of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value has same type and kind as X. If X is complex, the imaginary part of the result is in radians. If X is REAL, the return value has a lower bound of one, cosh(x) 1. Example :
program test_cosh real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 x = cosh(x) end program test_cosh
Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later Elemental function X = COSH(X)
84
Specic names : Name DCOSH(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
Inverse function: Section 8.7 [ACOSH], page 58
8.48 COUNT Count function

Description : Counts the number of .TRUE. elements in a logical MASK, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, counts the number of elements along each row of the array in the DIM direction. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are .FALSE., then the result is 0. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : MASK DIM KIND The type shall be LOGICAL. (Optional) The type shall be INTEGER. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Transformational function RESULT = COUNT(MASK [, DIM, KIND])
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of kind KIND. If KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the shape of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. Example :
program test_count integer, dimension(2,3) :: a, b logical, dimension(2,3) :: mask a = reshape( (/ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 /), (/ 2, 3 /)) b = reshape( (/ 0, 7, 3, 4, 5, 8 /), (/ 2, 3 /)) print (3i3), a(1,:) print (3i3), a(2,:) print * print (3i3), b(1,:) print (3i3), b(2,:) print * mask = a.ne.b print (3l3), mask(1,:) print (3l3), mask(2,:) print * print (3i3), count(mask) print * print (3i3), count(mask, 1) print * print (3i3), count(mask, 2) end program test_count
85
8.49 CPU_TIME CPU elapsed time in seconds

Description : Returns a REAL value representing the elapsed CPU time in seconds. This is useful for testing segments of code to determine execution time. If a time source is available, time will be reported with microsecond resolution. If no time source is available, TIME is set to -1.0. Note that TIME may contain a, system dependent, arbitrary oset and may not start with 0.0. For CPU_TIME, the absolute value is meaningless, only dierences between subsequent calls to this subroutine, as shown in the example below, should be used. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : TIME Return value : None Example :
program test_cpu_time real :: start, finish call cpu_time(start) ! put code to test here call cpu_time(finish) print ("Time = ",f6.3," seconds."),finish-start end program test_cpu_time
Fortran 95 and later Subroutine CALL CPU_TIME(TIME) The type shall be REAL with INTENT(OUT).
See also :
Section 8.210 [SYSTEM CLOCK], page 175, Section 8.52 [DATE AND TIME], page 87
8.50 CSHIFT Circular shift elements of an array

Description : CSHIFT(ARRAY, SHIFT [, DIM]) performs a circular shift on elements of ARRAY along the dimension of DIM. If DIM is omitted it is taken to be 1. DIM is a scalar of type INTEGER in the range of 1 DIM n) where n is the rank of ARRAY. If the rank of ARRAY is one, then all elements of ARRAY are shifted by SHIFT places. If rank is greater than one, then all complete rank one sections of ARRAY along the given dimension are shifted. Elements shifted out one end of each rank one section are shifted back in the other end. Standard : Class : Syntax : Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = CSHIFT(ARRAY, SHIFT [, DIM])
86
Arguments : ARRAY SHIFT DIM Shall be an array of any type. The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER.
Return value : Returns an array of same type and rank as the ARRAY argument. Example :
program test_cshift integer, dimension(3,3) :: a a = reshape( (/ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 /), (/ 3, 3 /)) print (3i3), a(1,:) print (3i3), a(2,:) print (3i3), a(3,:) a = cshift(a, SHIFT=(/1, 2, -1/), DIM=2) print * print (3i3), a(1,:) print (3i3), a(2,:) print (3i3), a(3,:) end program test_cshift
8.51 CTIME Convert a time into a string

Description : CTIME converts a system time value, such as returned by TIME8(), to a string of the form Sat Aug 19 18:13:14 1995. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL CTIME(TIME, RESULT). RESULT = CTIME(TIME), (not recommended). Arguments : TIME RESULT The type shall be of type INTEGER(KIND=8). The type shall be of type CHARACTER and of default kind. GNU extension Subroutine, function
Return value : The converted date and time as a string. Example :

program test_ctime integer(8) :: i character(len=30) :: date i = time8() ! Do something, main part of the program call ctime(i,date) print *, Program was started on , date end program test_ctime
87
See Also :
Section 8.97 [GMTIME], page 114, Section 8.144 [LTIME], page 138, Section 8.213 [TIME], page 176, Section 8.214 [TIME8], page 177
8.52 DATE_AND_TIME Date and time subroutine

Description : DATE_AND_TIME(DATE, TIME, ZONE, VALUES) gets the corresponding date and time information from the real-time system clock. DATE is INTENT(OUT) and has form ccyymmdd. TIME is INTENT(OUT) and has form hhmmss.sss. ZONE is INTENT(OUT) and has form (+-)hhmm, representing the dierence with respect to Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). Unavailable time and date parameters return blanks. VALUES is INTENT(OUT) and provides the following: VALUE(1): The year VALUE(2): The month VALUE(3): The day of the month VALUE(4): Time dierence with UTC in minutes VALUE(5): The hour of the day VALUE(6): The minutes of the hour VALUE(7): The seconds of the minute VALUE(8): The milliseconds of the second Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : DATE TIME ZONE VALUES Return value : None Example :
program test_time_and_date character(8) :: date character(10) :: time character(5) :: zone integer,dimension(8) :: values ! using keyword arguments call date_and_time(date,time,zone,values) call date_and_time(DATE=date,ZONE=zone) call date_and_time(TIME=time)
Fortran 95 and later Subroutine CALL DATE_AND_TIME([DATE, TIME, ZONE, VALUES]) (Optional) The type shall be CHARACTER(LEN=8) or larger, and of default kind. (Optional) The type shall be CHARACTER(LEN=10) or larger, and of default kind. (Optional) The type shall be CHARACTER(LEN=5) or larger, and of default kind. (Optional) The type shall be INTEGER(8).
88
call date_and_time(VALUES=values) print (a,2x,a,2x,a), date, time, zone print (8i5)), values end program test_time_and_date
See also :
Section 8.49 [CPU TIME], page 85, Section 8.210 [SYSTEM CLOCK], page 175
8.53 DBLE Double conversion function

Description : DBLE(A) Converts A to double precision real type. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A The type shall be INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value is of type double precision real. Example :
program test_dble real :: x = 2.18 integer :: i = 5 complex :: z = (2.3,1.14) print *, dble(x), dble(i), dble(z) end program test_dble
Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = DBLE(A)
See also :
Section 8.55 [DFLOAT], page 89, Section 8.72 [FLOAT], page 99, Section 8.179 [REAL], page 157
8.54 DCMPLX Double complex conversion function

Description : DCMPLX(X [,Y]) returns a double complex number where X is converted to the real component. If Y is present it is converted to the imaginary component. If Y is not present then the imaginary component is set to 0.0. If X is complex then Y must not be present. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Y The type may be INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX. (Optional if X is not COMPLEX.) May be INTEGER or REAL. GNU extension Elemental function RESULT = DCMPLX(X [, Y])
Return value : The return value is of type COMPLEX(8) Example :
89
program test_dcmplx integer :: i = 42 real :: x = 3.14 complex :: z z = cmplx(i, x) print *, dcmplx(i) print *, dcmplx(x) print *, dcmplx(z) print *, dcmplx(x,i) end program test_dcmplx
8.55 DFLOAT Double conversion function

Description : DFLOAT(A) Converts A to double precision real type. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A The type shall be INTEGER. Return value : The return value is of type double precision real. Example :
program test_dfloat integer :: i = 5 print *, dfloat(i) end program test_dfloat
GNU extension Elemental function RESULT = DFLOAT(A)
See also :
Section 8.53 [DBLE], page 88, Section 8.72 [FLOAT], page 99, Section 8.179 [REAL], page 157
8.56 DIGITS Signicant binary digits function

Description : DIGITS(X) returns the number of signicant binary digits of the internal model representation of X. For example, on a system using a 32-bit oating point representation, a default real number would likely return 24. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type may be INTEGER or REAL. Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER. Example : Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = DIGITS(X)
90
program test_digits integer :: i = 12345 real :: x = 3.143 real(8) :: y = 2.33 print *, digits(i) print *, digits(x) print *, digits(y) end program test_digits
8.57 DIM Positive dierence

Description : DIM(X,Y) returns the dierence X-Y if the result is positive; otherwise returns zero. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Y The type shall be INTEGER or REAL The type shall be the same type and kind as X. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = DIM(X, Y)
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER or REAL. Example :

program test_dim integer :: i real(8) :: x i = dim(4, 15) x = dim(4.345_8, 2.111_8) print *, i print *, x end program test_dim
Specic names : Name IDIM(X,Y) DDIM(X,Y)
Argument INTEGER(4) X,Y REAL(8) X,Y
Return type INTEGER(4) REAL(8)
Standard Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later
8.58 DOT_PRODUCT Dot product function

Description : DOT_PRODUCT(VECTOR_A, VECTOR_B) computes the dot product multiplication of two vectors VECTOR A and VECTOR B. The two vectors may be either numeric or logical and must be arrays of rank one and of equal size. If the vectors are INTEGER or REAL, the result is SUM(VECTOR_A*VECTOR_B). If the vectors are COMPLEX, the result is SUM(CONJG(VECTOR_A)*VECTOR_B). If the vectors are LOGICAL, the result is ANY(VECTOR_A .AND. VECTOR_B). Standard : Fortran 95 and later
91
Transformational function RESULT = DOT_PRODUCT(VECTOR_A, VECTOR_B) VECTOR A VECTOR B The type shall be numeric or LOGICAL, rank 1. The type shall be numeric if VECTOR A is of numeric type or LOGICAL if VECTOR A is of type LOGICAL. VECTOR B shall be a rank-one array.
Return value : If the arguments are numeric, the return value is a scalar of numeric type, INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX. If the arguments are LOGICAL, the return value is .TRUE. or .FALSE.. Example :
program test_dot_prod integer, dimension(3) :: a, b a = (/ 1, 2, 3 /) b = (/ 4, 5, 6 /) print (3i3), a print * print (3i3), b print * print *, dot_product(a,b) end program test_dot_prod
8.59 DPROD Double product function

Description : DPROD(X,Y) returns the product X*Y. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Y The type shall be REAL. The type shall be REAL. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = DPROD(X, Y)
Return value : The return value is of type REAL(8). Example :

program test_dprod real :: x = 5.2 real :: y = 2.3 real(8) :: d d = dprod(x,y) print *, d end program test_dprod
92
8.60 DREAL Double real part function

Description : DREAL(Z) returns the real part of complex variable Z. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A The type shall be COMPLEX(8). Return value : The return value is of type REAL(8). Example :
program test_dreal complex(8) :: z = (1.3_8,7.2_8) print *, dreal(z) end program test_dreal
GNU extension Elemental function RESULT = DREAL(A)
See also :
Section 8.10 [AIMAG], page 60
8.61 DTIME Execution time subroutine (or function)

Description : DTIME(VALUES, TIME) initially returns the number of seconds of runtime since the start of the processs execution in TIME. VALUES returns the user and system components of this time in VALUES(1) and VALUES(2) respectively. TIME is equal to VALUES(1) + VALUES(2). Subsequent invocations of DTIME return values accumulated since the previous invocation. On some systems, the underlying timings are represented using types with suciently small limits that overows (wrap around) are possible, such as 32bit types. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the compiled program. Please note, that this implementation is thread safe if used within OpenMP directives, i.e., its state will be consistent while called from multiple threads. However, if DTIME is called from multiple threads, the result is still the time since the last invocation. This may not give the intended results. If possible, use CPU_TIME instead. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. VALUES and TIME are INTENT(OUT) and provide the following: VALUES(1): VALUES(2): TIME: User time in seconds. System time in seconds. Run time since start in seconds.
93
Standard : Class : Syntax :
GNU extension Subroutine, function CALL DTIME(VALUES, TIME). TIME = DTIME(VALUES), (not recommended).
Arguments : VALUES TIME The type shall be REAL(4), DIMENSION(2). The type shall be REAL(4).
Return value : Elapsed time in seconds since the last invocation or since the start of program execution if not called before. Example :
program test_dtime integer(8) :: i, j real, dimension(2) :: tarray real :: result call dtime(tarray, result) print *, result print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) do i=1,100000000 ! Just a delay j = i * i - i end do call dtime(tarray, result) print *, result print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) end program test_dtime
See also :
Section 8.49 [CPU TIME], page 85
8.62 EOSHIFT End-o shift elements of an array

Description : EOSHIFT(ARRAY, SHIFT[, BOUNDARY, DIM]) performs an end-o shift on elements of ARRAY along the dimension of DIM. If DIM is omitted it is taken to be 1. DIM is a scalar of type INTEGER in the range of 1 DIM n) where n is the rank of ARRAY. If the rank of ARRAY is one, then all elements of ARRAY are shifted by SHIFT places. If rank is greater than one, then all complete rank one sections of ARRAY along the given dimension are shifted. Elements shifted out one end of each rank one section are dropped. If BOUNDARY is present then the corresponding value of from BOUNDARY is copied back in the other end. If BOUNDARY is not present then the following are copied in depending on the type of ARRAY. Array Type Boundary Value Numeric 0 of the type and kind of ARRAY. Logical .FALSE.. Character(len) len blanks.
94
Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = EOSHIFT(ARRAY, SHIFT [, BOUNDARY, DIM]) ARRAY SHIFT BOUNDARY DIM May be any type, not scalar. The type shall be INTEGER. Same type as ARRAY. The type shall be INTEGER.
Return value : Returns an array of same type and rank as the ARRAY argument. Example :
program test_eoshift integer, dimension(3,3) :: a a = reshape( (/ 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9 /), (/ 3, 3 /)) print (3i3), a(1,:) print (3i3), a(2,:) print (3i3), a(3,:) a = EOSHIFT(a, SHIFT=(/1, 2, 1/), BOUNDARY=-5, DIM=2) print * print (3i3), a(1,:) print (3i3), a(2,:) print (3i3), a(3,:) end program test_eoshift
8.63 EPSILON Epsilon function

Description : EPSILON(X) returns the smallest number E of the same kind as X such that 1 + E > 1. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL. Return value : The return value is of same type as the argument. Example :
program test_epsilon real :: x = 3.143 real(8) :: y = 2.33 print *, EPSILON(x) print *, EPSILON(y) end program test_epsilon
Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = EPSILON(X)
95
8.64 ERF Error function

Description : ERF(X) computes the error function of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL. Return value : The return value is of type REAL, of the same kind as X and lies in the range 1 erf (x) 1. Example :
program test_erf real(8) :: x = 0.17_8 x = erf(x) end program test_erf
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = ERF(X)
Specic names : Name DERF(X)
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
8.65 ERFC Error function

Description : ERFC(X) computes the complementary error function of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL. Return value : The return value is of type REAL and of the same kind as X. It lies in the range 0 erf c(x) 2. Example :
program test_erfc real(8) :: x = 0.17_8 x = erfc(x) end program test_erfc
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = ERFC(X)
Specic names : Name DERFC(X)
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
96
8.66 ERFC_SCALED Error function

Description : ERFC_SCALED(X) computes the exponentially-scaled complementary error function of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL. Return value : The return value is of type REAL and of the same kind as X. Example :
program test_erfc_scaled real(8) :: x = 0.17_8 x = erfc_scaled(x) end program test_erfc_scaled
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = ERFC_SCALED(X)
8.67 ETIME Execution time subroutine (or function)

Description : ETIME(VALUES, TIME) returns the number of seconds of runtime since the start of the processs execution in TIME. VALUES returns the user and system components of this time in VALUES(1) and VALUES(2) respectively. TIME is equal to VALUES(1) + VALUES(2). On some systems, the underlying timings are represented using types with suciently small limits that overows (wrap around) are possible, such as 32bit types. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the compiled program. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. VALUES and TIME are INTENT(OUT) and provide the following: VALUES(1): User time in seconds. VALUES(2): System time in seconds. TIME: Run time since start in seconds. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL ETIME(VALUES, TIME). TIME = ETIME(VALUES), (not recommended). Arguments : VALUES TIME The type shall be REAL(4), DIMENSION(2). The type shall be REAL(4). GNU extension Subroutine, function
97
Return value : Elapsed time in seconds since the start of program execution. Example :
program test_etime integer(8) :: i, j real, dimension(2) :: tarray real :: result call ETIME(tarray, result) print *, result print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) do i=1,100000000 ! Just a delay j = i * i - i end do call ETIME(tarray, result) print *, result print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) end program test_etime
See also :
Section 8.49 [CPU TIME], page 85
8.68 EXIT Exit the program with status.

Description : EXIT causes immediate termination of the program with status. If status is omitted it returns the canonical success for the system. All Fortran I/O units are closed. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STATUS Shall be an INTEGER of the default kind. Return value : STATUS is passed to the parent process on exit. Example :
program test_exit integer :: STATUS = 0 print *, This program is going to exit. call EXIT(STATUS) end program test_exit
GNU extension Subroutine CALL EXIT([STATUS])
See also :
Section 8.2 [ABORT], page 55, Section 8.124 [KILL], page 128
8.69 EXP Exponential function

Description : EXP(X) computes the base e exponential of X. Standard : Fortran 77 and later, has overloads that are GNU extensions
98
Elemental function RESULT = EXP(X) X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX.
Return value : The return value has same type and kind as X. Example :
program test_exp real :: x = 1.0 x = exp(x) end program test_exp
Specic names : Name DEXP(X) CEXP(X) ZEXP(X) CDEXP(X)
8.70 EXPONENT Exponent function

Description : EXPONENT(X) returns the value of the exponent part of X. If X is zero the value returned is zero. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL. Return value : The return value is of type default INTEGER. Example :
program test_exponent real :: x = 1.0 integer :: i i = exponent(x) print *, i print *, exponent(0.0) end program test_exponent
Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = EXPONENT(X)
8.71 FDATE Get the current time as a string

Description : FDATE(DATE) returns the current date (using the same format as CTIME) in DATE. It is equivalent to CALL CTIME(DATE, TIME()).
99
This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. DATE is an INTENT(OUT) CHARACTER variable of the default kind. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL FDATE(DATE). DATE = FDATE(), (not recommended). Arguments : DATE The type shall be of type CHARACTER of the default kind Return value : The current date as a string. Example :
program test_fdate integer(8) :: i, j character(len=30) :: date call fdate(date) print *, Program started on , date do i = 1, 100000000 ! Just a delay j = i * i - i end do call fdate(date) print *, Program ended on , date end program test_fdate
GNU extension Subroutine, function
8.72 FLOAT Convert integer to default real

Description : FLOAT(A) converts the integer A to a default real value. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A The type shall be INTEGER. Return value : The return value is of type default REAL. Example :
program test_float integer :: i = 1 if (float(i) /= 1.) call abort end program test_float
Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = FLOAT(A)
See also :
Section 8.53 [DBLE], page 88, Section 8.55 [DFLOAT], page 89, Section 8.179 [REAL], page 157
100
8.73 FGET Read a single character in stream mode from stdin

Description : Read a single character in stream mode from stdin by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Note that the FGET intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with g77. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility. Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code for future portability. See also Section 4.1 [Fortran 2003 status], page 31. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : C STATUS The type shall be CHARACTER and of default kind. (Optional) status ag of type INTEGER. Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-le, and a system specic positive error code otherwise. GNU extension Subroutine, function CALL FGET(C [, STATUS])
Example :
PROGRAM test_fget INTEGER, PARAMETER :: strlen = 100 INTEGER :: status, i = 1 CHARACTER(len=strlen) :: str = "" WRITE (*,*) Enter text: DO CALL fget(str(i:i), status) if (status /= 0 .OR. i > strlen) exit i = i + 1 END DO WRITE (*,*) TRIM(str) END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.74 [FGETC], page 100, Section 8.78 [FPUT], page 103, Section 8.79 [FPUTC], page 103
8.74 FGETC Read a single character in stream mode

Description : Read a single character in stream mode by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Note that the FGET intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with g77. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility. Programmers should
101
consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code for future portability. See also Section 4.1 [Fortran 2003 status], page 31. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : UNIT C STATUS The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be CHARACTER and of default kind. (Optional) status ag of type INTEGER. Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-le and a system specic positive error code otherwise. GNU extension Subroutine, function CALL FGETC(UNIT, C [, STATUS])
Example :
PROGRAM test_fgetc INTEGER :: fd = 42, status CHARACTER :: c OPEN(UNIT=fd, FILE="/etc/passwd", ACTION="READ", STATUS = "OLD") DO CALL fgetc(fd, c, status) IF (status /= 0) EXIT call fput(c) END DO CLOSE(UNIT=fd) END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.73 [FGET], page 100, Section 8.78 [FPUT], page 103, Section 8.79 [FPUTC], page 103
8.75 FLOOR Integer oor function

Description : FLOOR(A) returns the greatest integer less than or equal to X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A KIND The type shall be REAL. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = FLOOR(A [, KIND])
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER(KIND) if KIND is present and of defaultkind INTEGER otherwise. Example :
program test_floor real :: x = 63.29
102
real :: y = -63.59 print *, floor(x) ! returns 63 print *, floor(y) ! returns -64 end program test_floor
See also :
Section 8.38 [CEILING], page 78, Section 8.164 [NINT], page 149
8.76 FLUSH Flush I/O unit(s)

Description : Flushes Fortran unit(s) currently open for output. Without the optional argument, all units are ushed, otherwise just the unit specied. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : UNIT Note : (Optional) The type shall be INTEGER. Beginning with the Fortran 2003 standard, there is a FLUSH statement that should be preferred over the FLUSH intrinsic. GNU extension Subroutine CALL FLUSH(UNIT)
8.77 FNUM File number function

Description : FNUM(UNIT) returns the POSIX le descriptor number corresponding to the open Fortran I/O unit UNIT. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : UNIT The type shall be INTEGER. Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER Example :
program test_fnum integer :: i open (unit=10, status = "scratch") i = fnum(10) print *, i close (10) end program test_fnum
GNU extension Function RESULT = FNUM(UNIT)
103
8.78 FPUT Write a single character in stream mode to stdout

Description : Write a single character in stream mode to stdout by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Note that the FGET intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with g77. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility. Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code for future portability. See also Section 4.1 [Fortran 2003 status], page 31. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : C STATUS The type shall be CHARACTER and of default kind. (Optional) status ag of type INTEGER. Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-le and a system specic positive error code otherwise. GNU extension Subroutine, function CALL FPUT(C [, STATUS])
Example :
PROGRAM test_fput CHARACTER(len=10) :: str = "gfortran" INTEGER :: i DO i = 1, len_trim(str) CALL fput(str(i:i)) END DO END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.79 [FPUTC], page 103, Section 8.73 [FGET], page 100, Section 8.74 [FGETC], page 100
8.79 FPUTC Write a single character in stream mode

Description : Write a single character in stream mode by bypassing normal formatted output. Stream I/O should not be mixed with normal record-oriented (formatted or unformatted) I/O on the same unit; the results are unpredictable. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Note that the FGET intrinsic is provided for backwards compatibility with g77. GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility. Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code for future portability. See also Section 4.1 [Fortran 2003 status], page 31. Standard : GNU extension
104
Subroutine, function CALL FPUTC(UNIT, C [, STATUS]) UNIT C STATUS The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be CHARACTER and of default kind. (Optional) status ag of type INTEGER. Returns 0 on success, -1 on end-of-le and a system specic positive error code otherwise.
Example :
PROGRAM test_fputc CHARACTER(len=10) :: str = "gfortran" INTEGER :: fd = 42, i OPEN(UNIT = fd, FILE = "out", ACTION = "WRITE", STATUS="NEW") DO i = 1, len_trim(str) CALL fputc(fd, str(i:i)) END DO CLOSE(fd) END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.78 [FPUT], page 103, Section 8.73 [FGET], page 100, Section 8.74 [FGETC], page 100
8.80 FRACTION Fractional part of the model representation

Description : FRACTION(X) returns the fractional part of the model representation of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type of the argument shall be a REAL. Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as the argument. The fractional part of the model representation of X is returned; it is X * RADIX(X)**(EXPONENT(X)). Example :
program test_fraction real :: x x = 178.1387e-4 print *, fraction(x), x * radix(x)**(-exponent(x)) end program test_fraction
Fortran 95 and later Elemental function Y = FRACTION(X)
105
8.81 FREE Frees memory

Description : Frees memory previously allocated by MALLOC(). The FREE intrinsic is an extension intended to be used with Cray pointers, and is provided in GNU Fortran to allow user to compile legacy code. For new code using Fortran 95 pointers, the memory de-allocation intrinsic is DEALLOCATE. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : PTR Return value : None Example : See also : See MALLOC for an example. Section 8.145 [MALLOC], page 138 The type shall be INTEGER. It represents the location of the memory that should be de-allocated. GNU extension Subroutine CALL FREE(PTR)
8.82 FSEEK Low level le positioning subroutine

Description : Moves UNIT to the specied OFFSET. If WHENCE is set to 0, the OFFSET is taken as an absolute value SEEK_SET, if set to 1, OFFSET is taken to be relative to the current position SEEK_CUR, and if set to 2 relative to the end of the le SEEK_END. On error, STATUS is set to a nonzero value. If STATUS the seek fails silently. This intrinsic routine is not fully backwards compatible with g77. In g77, the FSEEK takes a statement label instead of a STATUS variable. If FSEEK is used in old code, change
CALL FSEEK(UNIT, OFFSET, WHENCE, *label)
to
INTEGER :: status CALL FSEEK(UNIT, OFFSET, WHENCE, status) IF (status /= 0) GOTO label
Please note that GNU Fortran provides the Fortran 2003 Stream facility. Programmers should consider the use of new stream IO feature in new code for future portability. See also Section 4.1 [Fortran 2003 status], page 31. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : UNIT Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER. GNU extension Subroutine CALL FSEEK(UNIT, OFFSET, WHENCE[, STATUS])
106
OFFSET WHENCE STATUS Example :
Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER. Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER. Its value shall be either 0, 1 or 2. (Optional) shall be a scalar of type INTEGER(4).
PROGRAM test_fseek INTEGER, PARAMETER :: SEEK_SET = 0, SEEK_CUR = 1, SEEK_END = 2 INTEGER :: fd, offset, ierr ierr = 0 offset = 5 fd = 10 OPEN(UNIT=fd, FILE="fseek.test") CALL FSEEK(fd, offset, SEEK_SET, ierr) print *, FTELL(fd), ierr CALL FSEEK(fd, 0, SEEK_END, ierr) print *, FTELL(fd), ierr CALL FSEEK(fd, 0, SEEK_SET, ierr) print *, FTELL(fd), ierr CLOSE(UNIT=fd) END PROGRAM
! move to OFFSET
! move to end
! move to beginning
See also :
Section 8.84 [FTELL], page 107
8.83 FSTAT Get le status

Description : FSTAT is identical to Section 8.206 [STAT], page 172, except that information about an already opened le is obtained. The elements in VALUES are the same as described by Section 8.206 [STAT], page 172. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : UNIT VALUES STATUS Example : See also : An open I/O unit number of type INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER(4), DIMENSION(13). (Optional) status ag of type INTEGER(4). Returns 0 on success and a system specic error code otherwise. GNU extension Subroutine, function CALL FSTAT(UNIT, VALUES [, STATUS])
See Section 8.206 [STAT], page 172 for an example. To stat a link: Section 8.143 [LSTAT], page 137, to stat a le: Section 8.206 [STAT], page 172
107
8.84 FTELL Current stream position

Description : Retrieves the current position within an open le. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL FTELL(UNIT, OFFSET) OFFSET = FTELL(UNIT) Arguments : OFFSET UNIT Shall of type INTEGER. Shall of type INTEGER. GNU extension Subroutine, function
Return value : In either syntax, OFFSET is set to the current oset of unit number UNIT, or to 1 if the unit is not currently open. Example :
PROGRAM test_ftell INTEGER :: i OPEN(10, FILE="temp.dat") CALL ftell(10,i) WRITE(*,*) i END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.82 [FSEEK], page 105
8.85 GAMMA Gamma function

Description : GAMMA(X) computes Gamma () of X. For positive, integer values of X the Gamma function simplies to the factorial function (x) = (x 1)!.
(x) =
0
tx1 et dt
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function X = GAMMA(X) X Shall be of type REAL and neither zero nor a negative integer.
Return value : The return value is of type REAL of the same kind as X. Example :
108
program test_gamma real :: x = 1.0 x = gamma(x) ! returns 1.0 end program test_gamma
Specic names : Name GAMMA(X) DGAMMA(X) See also :
Argument REAL(4) X REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(4) REAL(8)
Standard GNU Extension GNU Extension
Logarithm of the Gamma function: Section 8.139 [LOG GAMMA], page 135
8.86 GERROR Get last system error message

Description : Returns the system error message corresponding to the last system error. This resembles the functionality of strerror(3) in C. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : RESULT Example :
PROGRAM test_gerror CHARACTER(len=100) :: msg CALL gerror(msg) WRITE(*,*) msg END PROGRAM
GNU extension Subroutine CALL GERROR(RESULT) Shall of type CHARACTER and of default
See also :
Section 8.110 [IERRNO], page 121, Section 8.169 [PERROR], page 152
8.87 GETARG Get command line arguments

Description : Retrieve the POS-th argument that was passed on the command line when the containing program was invoked. This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. In new code, programmers should consider the use of the Section 8.89 [GET COMMAND ARGUMENT], page 110 intrinsic dened by the Fortran 2003 standard. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : POS Shall be of type INTEGER and not wider than the default integer kind; POS 0 GNU extension Subroutine CALL GETARG(POS, VALUE)
109
VALUE VALUE
Shall be of type CHARACTER and of default kind. Shall be of type CHARACTER.
Return value : After GETARG returns, the VALUE argument holds the POS th command line argument. If VALUE can not hold the argument, it is truncated to t the length of VALUE. If there are less than POS arguments specied at the command line, VALUE will be lled with blanks. If POS = 0, VALUE is set to the name of the program (on systems that support this feature). Example :
PROGRAM test_getarg INTEGER :: i CHARACTER(len=32) :: arg DO i = 1, iargc() CALL getarg(i, arg) WRITE (*,*) arg END DO END PROGRAM
See also :
GNU Fortran 77 compatibility function: Section 8.103 [IARGC], page 117 Fortran 2003 functions and subroutines: Section 8.88 [GET COMMAND], page 109, Section 8.89 [GET COMMAND ARGUMENT], page 110, Section 8.43 [COMMAND ARGUMENT COUNT], page 81
8.88 GET_COMMAND Get the entire command line

Description : Retrieve the entire command line that was used to invoke the program. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : COMMAND LENGTH STATUS (Optional) shall be of type CHARACTER and of default kind. (Optional) Shall be of type INTEGER and of default kind. (Optional) Shall be of type INTEGER and of default kind. Fortran 2003 and later Subroutine CALL GET_COMMAND([COMMAND, LENGTH, STATUS])
Return value : If COMMAND is present, stores the entire command line that was used to invoke the program in COMMAND. If LENGTH is present, it is assigned the length of the command line. If STATUS is present, it is assigned 0 upon success of the command, -1 if COMMAND is too short to store the command line, or a positive value in case of an error. Example :
PROGRAM test_get_command CHARACTER(len=255) :: cmd CALL get_command(cmd) WRITE (*,*) TRIM(cmd) END PROGRAM
110
See also :
Section 8.89 [GET COMMAND ARGUMENT], page 110, Section 8.43 [COMMAND ARGUMENT COUNT], page 81
8.89 GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT Get command line arguments

Description : Retrieve the NUMBER-th argument that was passed on the command line when the containing program was invoked. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : NUMBER VALUE LENGTH STATUS Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER and of default kind, NUMBER 0 Shall be a scalar of type CHARACTER and of default kind. (Option) Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER and of default kind. (Option) Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER and of default kind. Fortran 2003 and later Subroutine CALL GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT(NUMBER [, VALUE, LENGTH, STATUS])
Return value : After GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT returns, the VALUE argument holds the NUMBER-th command line argument. If VALUE can not hold the argument, it is truncated to t the length of VALUE. If there are less than NUMBER arguments specied at the command line, VALUE will be lled with blanks. If NUMBER = 0, VALUE is set to the name of the program (on systems that support this feature). The LENGTH argument contains the length of the NUMBER-th command line argument. If the argument retrieval fails, STATUS is a positive number; if VALUE contains a truncated command line argument, STATUS is -1; and otherwise the STATUS is zero. Example :
PROGRAM test_get_command_argument INTEGER :: i CHARACTER(len=32) :: arg i = 0 DO CALL get_command_argument(i, arg) IF (LEN_TRIM(arg) == 0) EXIT WRITE (*,*) TRIM(arg) i = i+1 END DO END PROGRAM
See
also :
Section 8.88 [GET COMMAND], page MAND ARGUMENT COUNT], page 81
109,
Section
8.43
[COM-
111
8.90 GETCWD Get current working directory

Description : Get current working directory. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : C STATUS Example :
PROGRAM test_getcwd CHARACTER(len=255) :: cwd CALL getcwd(cwd) WRITE(*,*) TRIM(cwd) END PROGRAM
GNU extension Subroutine, function CALL GETCWD(C [, STATUS]) The type shall be CHARACTER and of default kind. (Optional) status ag. Returns 0 on success, a system specic and nonzero error code otherwise.
See also :
Section 8.40 [CHDIR], page 79
8.91 GETENV Get an environmental variable

Description : Get the VALUE of the environmental variable NAME. This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. In new code, programmers should consider the use of the Section 8.92 [GET ENVIRONMENT VARIABLE], page 112 intrinsic dened by the Fortran 2003 standard. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : NAME VALUE Shall be of type CHARACTER and of default kind. Shall be of type CHARACTER and of default kind. GNU extension Subroutine CALL GETENV(NAME, VALUE)
Return value : Stores the value of NAME in VALUE. If VALUE is not large enough to hold the data, it is truncated. If NAME is not set, VALUE will be lled with blanks. Example :
PROGRAM test_getenv CHARACTER(len=255) :: homedir CALL getenv("HOME", homedir) WRITE (*,*) TRIM(homedir) END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.92 [GET ENVIRONMENT VARIABLE], page 112
112
8.92 GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE Get an environmental variable

Description : Get the VALUE of the environmental variable NAME. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : NAME VALUE LENGTH STATUS TRIM NAME Shall Shall Shall Shall Shall be be be be be a a a a a scalar scalar scalar scalar scalar of of of of of type type type type type CHARACTER and of default kind. CHARACTER and of default kind. INTEGER and of default kind. INTEGER and of default kind. LOGICAL and of default kind. Fortran 2003 and later Subroutine CALL GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE(NAME[, VALUE, LENGTH, STATUS, TRIM_NAME)
Return value : Stores the value of NAME in VALUE. If VALUE is not large enough to hold the data, it is truncated. If NAME is not set, VALUE will be lled with blanks. Argument LENGTH contains the length needed for storing the environment variable NAME or zero if it is not present. STATUS is -1 if VALUE is present but too short for the environment variable; it is 1 if the environment variable does not exist and 2 if the processor does not support environment variables; in all other cases STATUS is zero. If TRIM NAME is present with the value .FALSE., the trailing blanks in NAME are signicant; otherwise they are not part of the environment variable name. Example :
PROGRAM test_getenv CHARACTER(len=255) :: homedir CALL get_environment_variable("HOME", homedir) WRITE (*,*) TRIM(homedir) END PROGRAM
8.93 GETGID Group ID function

Description : Returns the numerical group ID of the current process. Standard : Class : Syntax : GNU extension Function RESULT = GETGID()
Return value : The return value of GETGID is an INTEGER of the default kind. Example : See also : See GETPID for an example. Section 8.95 [GETPID], page 113, Section 8.96 [GETUID], page 113
113
8.94 GETLOG Get login name

Description : Gets the username under which the program is running. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : C Shall be of type CHARACTER and of default kind. Return value : Stores the current user name in LOGIN. (On systems where POSIX functions geteuid and getpwuid are not available, and the getlogin function is not implemented either, this will return a blank string.) Example :
PROGRAM TEST_GETLOG CHARACTER(32) :: login CALL GETLOG(login) WRITE(*,*) login END PROGRAM
GNU extension Subroutine CALL GETLOG(C)
See also :
Section 8.96 [GETUID], page 113
8.95 GETPID Process ID function

Description : Returns the numerical process identier of the current process. Standard : Class : Syntax : GNU extension Function RESULT = GETPID()
Return value : The return value of GETPID is an INTEGER of the default kind. Example :
program info print *, "The current process ID is ", getpid() print *, "Your numerical user ID is ", getuid() print *, "Your numerical group ID is ", getgid() end program info
See also :
Section 8.93 [GETGID], page 112, Section 8.96 [GETUID], page 113
8.96 GETUID User ID function

Description : Returns the numerical user ID of the current process. Standard : GNU extension
114
Class : Syntax :
Function RESULT = GETUID()
Return value : The return value of GETUID is an INTEGER of the default kind. Example : See also : See GETPID for an example. Section 8.95 [GETPID], page 113, Section 8.94 [GETLOG], page 113
8.97 GMTIME Convert time to GMT info

Description : Given a system time value TIME (as provided by the TIME8() intrinsic), lls VALUES with values extracted from it appropriate to the UTC time zone (Universal Coordinated Time, also known in some countries as GMT, Greenwich Mean Time), using gmtime(3). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : TIME VALUES An INTEGER scalar expression corresponding to a system time, with INTENT(IN). A default INTEGER array with 9 elements, with INTENT(OUT). GNU extension Subroutine CALL GMTIME(TIME, VALUES)
Return value : The elements of VALUES are assigned as follows: 1. Seconds after the minute, range 059 or 061 to allow for leap seconds 2. Minutes after the hour, range 059 3. Hours past midnight, range 023 4. Day of month, range 031 5. Number of months since January, range 012 6. Years since 1900 7. Number of days since Sunday, range 06 8. Days since January 1 9. Daylight savings indicator: positive if daylight savings is in eect, zero if not, and negative if the information is not available. See also : Section 8.51 [CTIME], page 86, Section 8.144 [LTIME], page 138, Section 8.213 [TIME], page 176, Section 8.214 [TIME8], page 177
115
8.98 HOSTNM Get system host name

Description : Retrieves the host name of the system on which the program is running. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL HOSTNM(C [, STATUS]) STATUS = HOSTNM(NAME) Arguments : C STATUS Shall of type CHARACTER and of default kind. (Optional) status ag of type INTEGER. Returns 0 on success, or a system specic error code otherwise. GNU extension Subroutine, function
Return value : In either syntax, NAME is set to the current hostname if it can be obtained, or to a blank string otherwise.
8.99 HUGE Largest number of a kind

Description : HUGE(X) returns the largest number that is not an innity in the model of the type of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Shall be of type REAL or INTEGER. Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as X Example :
program test_huge_tiny print *, huge(0), huge(0.0), huge(0.0d0) print *, tiny(0.0), tiny(0.0d0) end program test_huge_tiny
Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = HUGE(X)
8.100 HYPOT Euclidean distance function

Description : HYPOT(X,Y) is the Euclidean distance function. It is equal to X 2 + Y 2 , without undue underow or overow. Standard : Fortran 2008 and later
116
Elemental function RESULT = HYPOT(X, Y) X Y The type shall be REAL. The type and kind type parameter shall be the same as X.
Return value : The return value has the same type and kind type parameter as X. Example :
program test_hypot real(4) :: x = 1.e0_4, y = 0.5e0_4 x = hypot(x,y) end program test_hypot
8.101 IACHAR Code in ASCII collating sequence

Description : IACHAR(C) returns the code for the ASCII character in the rst character position of C. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : C KIND Shall be a scalar CHARACTER, with INTENT(IN) (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Elemental function RESULT = IACHAR(C [, KIND])
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of kind KIND. If KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind. Example :
program test_iachar integer i i = iachar( ) end program test_iachar
Note : See also :
See Section 8.107 [ICHAR], page 119 for a discussion of converting between numerical values and formatted string representations. Section 8.5 [ACHAR], page 57, Section 8.39 [CHAR], page 78, Section 8.107 [ICHAR], page 119
8.102 IAND Bitwise logical and

Description : Bitwise logical AND. Standard : Fortran 95 and later
117
Elemental function RESULT = IAND(I, J) I J The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER, of the same kind as I. (As a GNU extension, dierent kinds are also permitted.)
Return value : The return type is INTEGER, of the same kind as the arguments. (If the argument kinds dier, it is of the same kind as the larger argument.) Example :
PROGRAM test_iand INTEGER :: a, b DATA a / ZF /, b / Z3 / WRITE (*,*) IAND(a, b) END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.115 [IOR], page 123, Section 8.109 [IEOR], page 120, Section 8.105 [IBITS], page 118, Section 8.106 [IBSET], page 118, Section 8.104 [IBCLR], page 118, Section 8.165 [NOT], page 150
8.103 IARGC Get the number of command line arguments

Description : IARGC() returns the number of arguments passed on the command line when the containing program was invoked. This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. In new code, programmers should consider the use of the Section 8.43 [COMMAND ARGUMENT COUNT], page 81 intrinsic dened by the Fortran 2003 standard. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : None. Return value : The number of command line arguments, type INTEGER(4). Example : See also : See Section 8.87 [GETARG], page 108 GNU Fortran 77 compatibility subroutine: Section 8.87 [GETARG], page 108 Fortran 2003 functions and subroutines: Section 8.88 [GET COMMAND], page 109, Section 8.89 [GET COMMAND ARGUMENT], page 110, Section 8.43 [COMMAND ARGUMENT COUNT], page 81 GNU extension Function RESULT = IARGC()
118
8.104 IBCLR Clear bit

Description : IBCLR returns the value of I with the bit at position POS set to zero. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I POS The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER. Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = IBCLR(I, POS)
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the same kind as I. See also : Section 8.105 [IBITS], page 118, Section 8.106 [IBSET], page 118, Section 8.102 [IAND], page 116, Section 8.115 [IOR], page 123, Section 8.109 [IEOR], page 120, Section 8.161 [MVBITS], page 148
8.105 IBITS Bit extraction

Description : IBITS extracts a eld of length LEN from I, starting from bit position POS and extending left for LEN bits. The result is right-justied and the remaining bits are zeroed. The value of POS+LEN must be less than or equal to the value BIT_SIZE(I). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I POS LEN The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER. Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = IBITS(I, POS, LEN)
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the same kind as I. See also : Section 8.30 [BIT SIZE], page 73, Section 8.104 [IBCLR], page 118, Section 8.106 [IBSET], page 118, Section 8.102 [IAND], page 116, Section 8.115 [IOR], page 123, Section 8.109 [IEOR], page 120
8.106 IBSET Set bit

Description : IBSET returns the value of I with the bit at position POS set to one. Standard : Class : Fortran 95 and later Elemental function
119
RESULT = IBSET(I, POS) I POS The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER.
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the same kind as I. See also : Section 8.104 [IBCLR], page 118, Section 8.105 [IBITS], page 118, Section 8.102 [IAND], page 116, Section 8.115 [IOR], page 123, Section 8.109 [IEOR], page 120, Section 8.161 [MVBITS], page 148
8.107 ICHAR Character-to-integer conversion function

Description : ICHAR(C) returns the code for the character in the rst character position of C in the systems native character set. The correspondence between characters and their codes is not necessarily the same across dierent GNU Fortran implementations. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : C KIND Shall be a scalar CHARACTER, with INTENT(IN) (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortan 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Elemental function RESULT = ICHAR(C [, KIND])
program test_ichar integer i i = ichar( ) end program test_ichar
Note :
No intrinsic exists to convert between a numeric value and a formatted character string representation for instance, given the CHARACTER value 154, obtaining an INTEGER or REAL value with the value 154, or vice versa. Instead, this functionality is provided by internal-le I/O, as in the following example:
program read_val integer value character(len=10) string, string2 string = 154 ! Convert a string to a numeric value read (string,(I10)) value print *, value
120
! Convert a value to a formatted string write (string2,(I10)) value print *, string2 end program read_val
See also :
Section 8.5 [ACHAR], page 57, Section 8.39 [CHAR], page 78, Section 8.101 [IACHAR], page 116
8.108 IDATE Get current local time subroutine (day/month/year)

Description : IDATE(VALUES) Fills VALUES with the numerical values at the current local time. The day (in the range 1-31), month (in the range 1-12), and year appear in elements 1, 2, and 3 of VALUES, respectively. The year has four signicant digits. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : VALUES The type shall be INTEGER, DIMENSION(3) and the kind shall be the default integer kind. GNU extension Subroutine CALL IDATE(VALUES)
Return value : Does not return anything. Example :

program test_idate integer, dimension(3) :: tarray call idate(tarray) print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) print *, tarray(3) end program test_idate
8.109 IEOR Bitwise logical exclusive or

Description : IEOR returns the bitwise boolean exclusive-OR of I and J. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I J The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER, of the same kind as I. (As a GNU extension, dierent kinds are also permitted.) Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = IEOR(I, J)
121
Return value : The return type is INTEGER, of the same kind as the arguments. (If the argument kinds dier, it is of the same kind as the larger argument.) See also : Section 8.115 [IOR], page 123, Section 8.102 [IAND], page 116, Section 8.105 [IBITS], page 118, Section 8.106 [IBSET], page 118, Section 8.104 [IBCLR], page 118, Section 8.165 [NOT], page 150
8.110 IERRNO Get the last system error number

Description : Returns the last system error number, as given by the C errno() function. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : None. Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the default integer kind. See also : Section 8.169 [PERROR], page 152 GNU extension Function RESULT = IERRNO()
8.111 INDEX Position of a substring within a string

Description : Returns the position of the start of the rst occurrence of string SUBSTRING as a substring in STRING, counting from one. If SUBSTRING is not present in STRING, zero is returned. If the BACK argument is present and true, the return value is the start of the last occurrence rather than the rst. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING SUBSTRING BACK KIND Shall be a scalar CHARACTER, with INTENT(IN) Shall be a scalar CHARACTER, with INTENT(IN) (Optional) Shall be a scalar LOGICAL, with INTENT(IN) (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 77 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Elemental function RESULT = INDEX(STRING, SUBSTRING [, BACK [, KIND]])
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of kind KIND. If KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind. See also : Section 8.186 [SCAN], page 161, Section 8.225 [VERIFY], page 182
122
8.112 INT Convert to integer type

Description : Convert to integer type Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A KIND Shall be of type INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = INT(A [, KIND))
Return value : These functions return a INTEGER variable or array under the following rules: (A) (B) If A is of type INTEGER, INT(A) = A If A is of type REAL and |A| < 1, INT(A) equals 0. If |A| 1, then INT(A) equals the largest integer that does not exceed the range of A and whose sign is the same as the sign of A. If A is of type COMPLEX, rule B is applied to the real part of A.
program test_int integer :: i = 42 complex :: z = (-3.7, 1.0) print *, int(i) print *, int(z), int(z,8) end program
(C) Example :
Specic names : Name IFIX(A) IDINT(A)
Argument REAL(4) A REAL(8) A
Return type INTEGER INTEGER
8.113 INT2 Convert to 16-bit integer type

Description : Convert to a KIND=2 integer type. This is equivalent to the standard INT intrinsic with an optional argument of KIND=2, and is only included for backwards compatibility. The SHORT intrinsic is equivalent to INT2. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A Shall be of type INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX. GNU extension Elemental function RESULT = INT2(A)
123
Return value : The return value is a INTEGER(2) variable. See also : Section 8.112 [INT], page 122, Section 8.114 [INT8], page 123, Section 8.141 [LONG], page 136
8.114 INT8 Convert to 64-bit integer type

Description : Convert to a KIND=8 integer type. This is equivalent to the standard INT intrinsic with an optional argument of KIND=8, and is only included for backwards compatibility. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A Shall be of type INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value is a INTEGER(8) variable. See also : Section 8.112 [INT], page 122, Section 8.113 [INT2], page 122, Section 8.141 [LONG], page 136 GNU extension Elemental function RESULT = INT8(A)
8.115 IOR Bitwise logical or

Description : IOR returns the bitwise boolean inclusive-OR of I and J. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I J The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER, of the same kind as I. (As a GNU extension, dierent kinds are also permitted.) Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = IOR(I, J)
Return value : The return type is INTEGER, of the same kind as the arguments. (If the argument kinds dier, it is of the same kind as the larger argument.) See also : Section 8.109 [IEOR], page 120, Section 8.102 [IAND], page 116, Section 8.105 [IBITS], page 118, Section 8.106 [IBSET], page 118, Section 8.104 [IBCLR], page 118, Section 8.165 [NOT], page 150
124
8.116 IRAND Integer pseudo-random number

Description : IRAND(FLAG) returns a pseudo-random number from a uniform distribution between 0 and a system-dependent limit (which is in most cases 2147483647). If FLAG is 0, the next number in the current sequence is returned; if FLAG is 1, the generator is restarted by CALL SRAND(0); if FLAG has any other value, it is used as a new seed with SRAND. This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. It implements a simple modulo generator as provided by g77. For new code, one should consider the use of Section 8.176 [RANDOM NUMBER], page 155 as it implements a superior algorithm. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I Shall be a scalar INTEGER of kind 4. Return value : The return value is of INTEGER(kind=4) type. Example :
program test_irand integer,parameter :: seed = 86456 call srand(seed) print *, irand(), irand(), irand(), irand() print *, irand(seed), irand(), irand(), irand() end program test_irand
GNU extension Function RESULT = IRAND(I)
8.117 IS_IOSTAT_END Test for end-of-le value

Description : IS_IOSTAT_END tests whether an variable has the value of the I/O status end of le. The function is equivalent to comparing the variable with the IOSTAT_END parameter of the intrinsic module ISO_FORTRAN_ENV. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I Shall be of the type INTEGER. Return value : Returns a LOGICAL of the default kind, which .TRUE. if I has the value which indicates an end of le condition for IOSTAT= speciers, and is .FALSE. otherwise. Fortran 2003 and later Elemental function RESULT = IS_IOSTAT_END(I)
125
Example :
PROGRAM iostat IMPLICIT NONE INTEGER :: stat, i OPEN(88, FILE=test.dat) READ(88, *, IOSTAT=stat) i IF(IS_IOSTAT_END(stat)) STOP END OF FILE END PROGRAM
8.118 IS_IOSTAT_EOR Test for end-of-record value

Description : IS_IOSTAT_EOR tests whether an variable has the value of the I/O status end of record. The function is equivalent to comparing the variable with the IOSTAT_ EOR parameter of the intrinsic module ISO_FORTRAN_ENV. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I Shall be of the type INTEGER. Return value : Returns a LOGICAL of the default kind, which .TRUE. if I has the value which indicates an end of le condition for IOSTAT= speciers, and is .FALSE. otherwise. Example :
PROGRAM iostat IMPLICIT NONE INTEGER :: stat, i(50) OPEN(88, FILE=test.dat, FORM=UNFORMATTED) READ(88, IOSTAT=stat) i IF(IS_IOSTAT_EOR(stat)) STOP END OF RECORD END PROGRAM
Fortran 2003 and later Elemental function RESULT = IS_IOSTAT_EOR(I)
8.119 ISATTY Whether a unit is a terminal device.

Description : Determine whether a unit is connected to a terminal device. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : UNIT Shall be a scalar INTEGER. Return value : Returns .TRUE. if the UNIT is connected to a terminal device, .FALSE. otherwise. GNU extension Function RESULT = ISATTY(UNIT)
126
Example :
PROGRAM test_isatty INTEGER(kind=1) :: unit DO unit = 1, 10 write(*,*) isatty(unit=unit) END DO END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.220 [TTYNAM], page 180
8.120 ISHFT Shift bits

Description : ISHFT returns a value corresponding to I with all of the bits shifted SHIFT places. A value of SHIFT greater than zero corresponds to a left shift, a value of zero corresponds to no shift, and a value less than zero corresponds to a right shift. If the absolute value of SHIFT is greater than BIT_SIZE(I), the value is undened. Bits shifted out from the left end or right end are lost; zeros are shifted in from the opposite end. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I SHIFT The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER. Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = ISHFT(I, SHIFT)
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the same kind as I. See also : Section 8.121 [ISHFTC], page 126
8.121 ISHFTC Shift bits circularly

Description : ISHFTC returns a value corresponding to I with the rightmost SIZE bits shifted circularly SHIFT places; that is, bits shifted out one end are shifted into the opposite end. A value of SHIFT greater than zero corresponds to a left shift, a value of zero corresponds to no shift, and a value less than zero corresponds to a right shift. The absolute value of SHIFT must be less than SIZE. If the SIZE argument is omitted, it is taken to be equivalent to BIT_SIZE(I). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I SHIFT SIZE The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER. (Optional) The type shall be INTEGER; the value must be greater than zero and less than or equal to BIT_SIZE(I). Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = ISHFTC(I, SHIFT [, SIZE])
127
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the same kind as I. See also : Section 8.120 [ISHFT], page 126
8.122 ISNAN Test for a NaN

Description : ISNAN tests whether a oating-point value is an IEEE Not-a-Number (NaN). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Variable of the type REAL. GNU extension Elemental function ISNAN(X)
Return value : Returns a default-kind LOGICAL. The returned value is TRUE if X is a NaN and FALSE otherwise. Example :
program test_nan implicit none real :: x x = -1.0 x = sqrt(x) if (isnan(x)) stop "x" is a NaN end program test_nan
8.123 ITIME Get current local time subroutine (hour/minutes/seconds)

Description : IDATE(VALUES) Fills VALUES with the numerical values at the current local time. The hour (in the range 1-24), minute (in the range 1-60), and seconds (in the range 1-60) appear in elements 1, 2, and 3 of VALUES, respectively. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : VALUES The type shall be INTEGER, DIMENSION(3) and the kind shall be the default integer kind. GNU extension Subroutine CALL ITIME(VALUES)
Return value : Does not return anything. Example :
128
program test_itime integer, dimension(3) :: tarray call itime(tarray) print *, tarray(1) print *, tarray(2) print *, tarray(3) end program test_itime
8.124 KILL Send a signal to a process

Description : Standard : Sends the signal specied by SIGNAL to the process PID. See kill(2). This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Class : Syntax : Arguments : C VALUE STATUS Shall be a scalar INTEGER, with INTENT(IN) Shall be a scalar INTEGER, with INTENT(IN) (Optional) status ag of type INTEGER(4) or INTEGER(8). Returns 0 on success, or a system-specic error code otherwise. Subroutine, function CALL KILL(C, VALUE [, STATUS])
See also :
Section 8.2 [ABORT], page 55, Section 8.68 [EXIT], page 97
8.125 KIND Kind of an entity

Description : KIND(X) returns the kind value of the entity X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Shall be of type LOGICAL, INTEGER, REAL, COMPLEX or CHARACTER. Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function K = KIND(X)
Return value : The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER and of the default integer kind. Example :
program test_kind integer,parameter :: kc = kind( ) integer,parameter :: kl = kind(.true.) print *, "The default character kind is ", kc print *, "The default logical kind is ", kl end program test_kind
129
8.126 LBOUND Lower dimension bounds of an array

Description : Returns the lower bounds of an array, or a single lower bound along the DIM dimension. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : ARRAY DIM KIND Shall be an array, of any type. (Optional) Shall be a scalar INTEGER. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Inquiry function RESULT = LBOUND(ARRAY [, DIM [, KIND]])
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of kind KIND. If KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind. If DIM is absent, the result is an array of the lower bounds of ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result is a scalar corresponding to the lower bound of the array along that dimension. If ARRAY is an expression rather than a whole array or array structure component, or if it has a zero extent along the relevant dimension, the lower bound is taken to be 1. See also : Section 8.221 [UBOUND], page 180
8.127 LEADZ Number of leading zero bits of an integer

Description : LEADZ returns the number of leading zero bits of an integer. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I Shall be of type INTEGER. Return value : The type of the return value is the default INTEGER. If all the bits of I are zero, the result value is BIT_SIZE(I). Example :
PROGRAM test_leadz WRITE (*,*) LEADZ(1) END PROGRAM ! prints 8 if BITSIZE(I) has the value 32
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = LEADZ(I)
See also :
Section 8.30 [BIT SIZE], page 73, Section 8.216 [TRAILZ], page 178
130
8.128 LEN Length of a character entity

Description : Returns the length of a character string. If STRING is an array, the length of an element of STRING is returned. Note that STRING need not be dened when this intrinsic is invoked, since only the length, not the content, of STRING is needed. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING KIND Shall be a scalar or array of type CHARACTER, with INTENT(IN) (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 77 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Inquiry function L = LEN(STRING [, KIND])
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of kind KIND. If KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind. See also : Section 8.129 [LEN TRIM], page 130, Section 8.8 [ADJUSTL], page 59, Section 8.9 [ADJUSTR], page 59
8.129 LEN_TRIM Length of a character entity without trailing blank characters

Description : Returns the length of a character string, ignoring any trailing blanks. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING KIND Shall be a scalar of type CHARACTER, with INTENT(IN) (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Elemental function RESULT = LEN_TRIM(STRING [, KIND])
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of kind KIND. If KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind. See also : Section 8.128 [LEN], page 130, Section 8.8 [ADJUSTL], page 59, Section 8.9 [ADJUSTR], page 59
8.130 LGE Lexical greater than or equal

Description : Determines whether one string is lexically greater than or equal to another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character
131
codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer. In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics LGE, LGT, LLE, and LLT dier from the corresponding intrinsic operators .GE., .GT., .LE., and .LT., in that the latter use the processors character ordering (which is not ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII ordering. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING A STRING B Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = LGE(STRING_A, STRING_B)
Return value : Returns .TRUE. if STRING_A >= STRING_B, and .FALSE. otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering. See also : Section 8.131 [LGT], page 131, Section 8.133 [LLE], page 132, Section 8.134 [LLT], page 133
8.131 LGT Lexical greater than

Description : Determines whether one string is lexically greater than another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer. In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics LGE, LGT, LLE, and LLT dier from the corresponding intrinsic operators .GE., .GT., .LE., and .LT., in that the latter use the processors character ordering (which is not ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII ordering. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING A STRING B Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = LGT(STRING_A, STRING_B)
Return value : Returns .TRUE. if STRING_A > STRING_B, and .FALSE. otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering. See also : Section 8.130 [LGE], page 130, Section 8.133 [LLE], page 132, Section 8.134 [LLT], page 133
132
8.132 LINK Create a hard link

Description : Makes a (hard) link from le PATH1 to PATH2. A null character (CHAR(0)) can be used to mark the end of the names in PATH1 and PATH2 ; otherwise, trailing blanks in the le names are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see link(2). This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL LINK(PATH1, PATH2 [, STATUS]) STATUS = LINK(PATH1, PATH2) Arguments : PATH1 PATH2 STATUS See also : Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Shall be of default CHARACTER type. (Optional) Shall be of default INTEGER type. GNU extension Subroutine, function
Section 8.208 [SYMLNK], page 174, Section 8.223 [UNLINK], page 181
8.133 LLE Lexical less than or equal

Description : Determines whether one string is lexically less than or equal to another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer. In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics LGE, LGT, LLE, and LLT dier from the corresponding intrinsic operators .GE., .GT., .LE., and .LT., in that the latter use the processors character ordering (which is not ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII ordering. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING A STRING B Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = LLE(STRING_A, STRING_B)
Return value : Returns .TRUE. if STRING_A <= STRING_B, and .FALSE. otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering. See also : Section 8.130 [LGE], page 130, Section 8.131 [LGT], page 131, Section 8.134 [LLT], page 133
133
8.134 LLT Lexical less than

Description : Determines whether one string is lexically less than another string, where the two strings are interpreted as containing ASCII character codes. If the String A and String B are not the same length, the shorter is compared as if spaces were appended to it to form a value that has the same length as the longer. In general, the lexical comparison intrinsics LGE, LGT, LLE, and LLT dier from the corresponding intrinsic operators .GE., .GT., .LE., and .LT., in that the latter use the processors character ordering (which is not ASCII on some targets), whereas the former always use the ASCII ordering. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING A STRING B Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = LLT(STRING_A, STRING_B)
Return value : Returns .TRUE. if STRING_A < STRING_B, and .FALSE. otherwise, based on the ASCII ordering. See also : Section 8.130 [LGE], page 130, Section 8.131 [LGT], page 131, Section 8.133 [LLE], page 132
8.135 LNBLNK Index of the last non-blank character in a string

Description : Returns the length of a character string, ignoring any trailing blanks. This is identical to the standard LEN_TRIM intrinsic, and is only included for backwards compatibility. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING Shall be a scalar of type CHARACTER, with INTENT(IN) Return value : The return value is of INTEGER(kind=4) type. See also : Section 8.111 [INDEX intrinsic], page 121, Section 8.129 [LEN TRIM], page 130 GNU extension Elemental function RESULT = LNBLNK(STRING)
134
8.136 LOC Returns the address of a variable

Description : LOC(X) returns the address of X as an integer. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Variable of any type. Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER, with a KIND corresponding to the size (in bytes) of a memory address on the target machine. Example :
program test_loc integer :: i real :: r i = loc(r) print *, i end program test_loc
GNU extension Inquiry function RESULT = LOC(X)
8.137 LOG Logarithm function

Description : LOG(X) computes the logarithm of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value is of type REAL or COMPLEX. The kind type parameter is the same as X. If X is COMPLEX, the imaginary part is in the range . Example :
program test_log real(8) :: x = 1.0_8 complex :: z = (1.0, 2.0) x = log(x) z = log(z) end program test_log
Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = LOG(X)
Specic names : Name ALOG(X) DLOG(X) CLOG(X)
Argument REAL(4) X REAL(8) X COMPLEX(4) X
Return type REAL(4) REAL(8) COMPLEX(4)
Standard f95, gnu f95, gnu f95, gnu
135
ZLOG(X) CDLOG(X)
COMPLEX(8) X COMPLEX(8) X
COMPLEX(8) COMPLEX(8)
f95, gnu f95, gnu
8.138 LOG10 Base 10 logarithm function

Description : LOG10(X) computes the base 10 logarithm of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL. Return value : The return value is of type REAL or COMPLEX. The kind type parameter is the same as X. Example :
program test_log10 real(8) :: x = 10.0_8 x = log10(x) end program test_log10
Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = LOG10(X)
Specic names : Name ALOG10(X) DLOG10(X)
Argument REAL(4) X REAL(8) X
8.139 LOG_GAMMA Logarithm of the Gamma function

Description : LOG_GAMMA(X) computes the natural logarithm of the absolute value of the Gamma () function. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Shall be of type REAL and neither zero nor a negative integer. Return value : The return value is of type REAL of the same kind as X. Example :
program test_log_gamma real :: x = 1.0 x = lgamma(x) ! returns 0.0 end program test_log_gamma
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function X = LOG_GAMMA(X)
136
Specic names : Name LGAMMA(X) ALGAMA(X) DLGAMA(X) See also :
Argument REAL(4) X REAL(4) X REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(4) REAL(4) REAL(8)
Standard GNU Extension GNU Extension GNU Extension
Gamma function: Section 8.85 [GAMMA], page 107
8.140 LOGICAL Convert to logical type

Description : Converts one kind of LOGICAL variable to another. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : L KIND The type shall be LOGICAL. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = LOGICAL(L [, KIND])
Return value : The return value is a LOGICAL value equal to L, with a kind corresponding to KIND, or of the default logical kind if KIND is not given. See also : Section 8.112 [INT], page 122, Section 8.179 [REAL], page 157, Section 8.42 [CMPLX], page 80
8.141 LONG Convert to integer type

Description : Convert to a KIND=4 integer type, which is the same size as a C long integer. This is equivalent to the standard INT intrinsic with an optional argument of KIND=4, and is only included for backwards compatibility. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A Shall be of type INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value is a INTEGER(4) variable. See also : Section 8.112 [INT], page 122, Section 8.113 [INT2], page 122, Section 8.114 [INT8], page 123 GNU extension Elemental function RESULT = LONG(A)
137
8.142 LSHIFT Left shift bits

Description : LSHIFT returns a value corresponding to I with all of the bits shifted left by SHIFT places. If the absolute value of SHIFT is greater than BIT_SIZE(I), the value is undened. Bits shifted out from the left end are lost; zeros are shifted in from the opposite end. This function has been superseded by the ISHFT intrinsic, which is standard in Fortran 95 and later. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I SHIFT The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER. GNU extension Elemental function RESULT = LSHIFT(I, SHIFT)
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the same kind as I. See also : Section 8.120 [ISHFT], page 126, Section 8.121 [ISHFTC], page 126, Section 8.184 [RSHIFT], page 160
8.143 LSTAT Get le status

Description : LSTAT is identical to Section 8.206 [STAT], page 172, except that if path is a symbolic link, then the link itself is statted, not the le that it refers to. The elements in VALUES are the same as described by Section 8.206 [STAT], page 172. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : NAME VALUES STATUS Example : See also : The type shall be CHARACTER of the default kind, a valid path within the le system. The type shall be INTEGER(4), DIMENSION(13). (Optional) status ag of type INTEGER(4). Returns 0 on success and a system specic error code otherwise. GNU extension Subroutine, function CALL LSTAT(NAME, VALUES [, STATUS])
See Section 8.206 [STAT], page 172 for an example. To stat an open le: Section 8.83 [FSTAT], page 106, to stat a le: Section 8.206 [STAT], page 172
138
8.144 LTIME Convert time to local time info

Description : Given a system time value TIME (as provided by the TIME8() intrinsic), lls VALUES with values extracted from it appropriate to the local time zone using localtime(3). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : TIME VALUES An INTEGER scalar expression corresponding to a system time, with INTENT(IN). A default INTEGER array with 9 elements, with INTENT(OUT). GNU extension Subroutine CALL LTIME(TIME, VALUES)
Return value : The elements of VALUES are assigned as follows: 1. Seconds after the minute, range 059 or 061 to allow for leap seconds 2. Minutes after the hour, range 059 3. Hours past midnight, range 023 4. Day of month, range 031 5. Number of months since January, range 012 6. Years since 1900 7. Number of days since Sunday, range 06 8. Days since January 1 9. Daylight savings indicator: positive if daylight savings is in eect, zero if not, and negative if the information is not available. See also : Section 8.51 [CTIME], page 86, Section 8.97 [GMTIME], page 114, Section 8.213 [TIME], page 176, Section 8.214 [TIME8], page 177
8.145 MALLOC Allocate dynamic memory

Description : MALLOC(SIZE) allocates SIZE bytes of dynamic memory and returns the address of the allocated memory. The MALLOC intrinsic is an extension intended to be used with Cray pointers, and is provided in GNU Fortran to allow the user to compile legacy code. For new code using Fortran 95 pointers, the memory allocation intrinsic is ALLOCATE. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : SIZE The type shall be INTEGER. GNU extension Function PTR = MALLOC(SIZE)
139
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER(K), with K such that variables of type INTEGER(K) have the same size as C pointers (sizeof(void *)). Example : The following example demonstrates the use of MALLOC and FREE with Cray pointers.
program test_malloc implicit none integer i real*8 x(*), z pointer(ptr_x,x) ptr_x = malloc(20*8) do i = 1, 20 x(i) = sqrt(1.0d0 / i) end do z = 0 do i = 1, 20 z = z + x(i) print *, z end do call free(ptr_x) end program test_malloc
See also :
Section 8.81 [FREE], page 105
8.146 MATMUL matrix multiplication

Description : Performs a matrix multiplication on numeric or logical arguments. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : MATRIX A MATRIX B An array of INTEGER, REAL, COMPLEX, or LOGICAL type, with a rank of one or two. An array of INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX type if MATRIX A is of a numeric type; otherwise, an array of LOGICAL type. The rank shall be one or two, and the rst (or only) dimension of MATRIX B shall be equal to the last (or only) dimension of MATRIX A. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = MATMUL(MATRIX_A, MATRIX_B)
Return value : The matrix product of MATRIX A and MATRIX B. The type and kind of the result follow the usual type and kind promotion rules, as for the * or .AND. operators. See also :
140
8.147 MAX Maximum value of an argument list

Description : Returns the argument with the largest (most positive) value. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A1 A2, A3, ... The type shall be INTEGER or REAL. An expression of the same type and kind as A1. (As a GNU extension, arguments of dierent kinds are permitted.) Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = MAX(A1, A2 [, A3 [, ...]])
Return value : The return value corresponds to the maximum value among the arguments, and has the same type and kind as the rst argument. Specic names : Name MAX0(I) AMAX0(I) MAX1(X) AMAX1(X) DMAX1(X) See also : Argument INTEGER(4) I INTEGER(4) I REAL X REAL(4) X REAL(8) X Return type INTEGER(4) REAL(MAX(X)) INT(MAX(X)) REAL(4) REAL(8) Standard Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later
Section 8.149 [MAXLOC], page 141 Section 8.150 [MAXVAL], page 141, Section 8.154 [MIN], page 143
8.148 MAXEXPONENT Maximum exponent of a real kind

Description : MAXEXPONENT(X) returns the maximum exponent in the model of the type of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Shall be of type REAL. Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the default integer kind. Example :
program exponents real(kind=4) :: x real(kind=8) :: y print *, minexponent(x), maxexponent(x) print *, minexponent(y), maxexponent(y) end program exponents
Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = MAXEXPONENT(X)
141
8.149 MAXLOC Location of the maximum value within an array

Description : Determines the location of the element in the array with the maximum value, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, determines the locations of the maximum element along each row of the array in the DIM direction. If MASK is present, only the elements for which MASK is .TRUE. are considered. If more than one element in the array has the maximum value, the location returned is that of the rst such element in array element order. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are .FALSE., then the result is an array of zeroes. Similarly, if DIM is supplied and all of the elements of MASK along a given row are zero, the result value for that row is zero. Standard : Class : Syntax : RESULT = MAXLOC(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK]) RESULT = MAXLOC(ARRAY [, MASK]) Arguments : ARRAY DIM Shall be an array of type INTEGER or REAL. (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER, with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY, inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument. Shall be an array of type LOGICAL, and conformable with ARRAY. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function
MASK
Return value : If DIM is absent, the result is a rank-one array with a length equal to the rank of ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. If DIM is present and ARRAY has a rank of one, the result is a scalar. In all cases, the result is of default INTEGER type. See also : Section 8.147 [MAX], page 140, Section 8.150 [MAXVAL], page 141
8.150 MAXVAL Maximum value of an array

Description : Determines the maximum value of the elements in an array value, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, determines the maximum value along each row of the array in the DIM direction. If MASK is present, only the elements for which MASK is .TRUE. are considered. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are .FALSE., then the result is -HUGE(ARRAY) if ARRAY is numeric, or a string of nulls if ARRAY is of character type. Standard : Class : Fortran 95 and later Transformational function
142
Syntax : RESULT = MAXVAL(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK]) RESULT = MAXVAL(ARRAY [, MASK]) Arguments : ARRAY DIM Shall be an array of type INTEGER or REAL. (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER, with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY, inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument. Shall be an array of type LOGICAL, and conformable with ARRAY.
MASK
Return value : If DIM is absent, or if ARRAY has a rank of one, the result is a scalar. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. In all cases, the result is of the same type and kind as ARRAY. See also : Section 8.147 [MAX], page 140, Section 8.149 [MAXLOC], page 141
8.151 MCLOCK Time function

Description : Returns the number of clock ticks since the start of the process, based on the UNIX function clock(3). This intrinsic is not fully portable, such as to systems with 32-bit INTEGER types but supporting times wider than 32 bits. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the compiled program. Standard : Class : Syntax : GNU extension Function RESULT = MCLOCK()
Return value : The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER(4), equal to the number of clock ticks since the start of the process, or -1 if the system does not support clock(3). See also : Section 8.51 [CTIME], page 86, Section 8.97 [GMTIME], page 114, Section 8.144 [LTIME], page 138, Section 8.151 [MCLOCK], page 142, Section 8.213 [TIME], page 176
8.152 MCLOCK8 Time function (64-bit)

Description : Returns the number of clock ticks since the start of the process, based on the UNIX function clock(3). Warning: this intrinsic does not increase the range of the timing values over that returned by clock(3). On a system with a 32-bit clock(3), MCLOCK8()
143
will return a 32-bit value, even though it is converted to a 64-bit INTEGER(8) value. That means overows of the 32-bit value can still occur. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be or become negative or numerically less than previous values during a single run of the compiled program. Standard : Class : Syntax : GNU extension Function RESULT = MCLOCK8()
Return value : The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER(8), equal to the number of clock ticks since the start of the process, or -1 if the system does not support clock(3). See also : Section 8.51 [CTIME], page 86, Section 8.97 [GMTIME], page 114, Section 8.144 [LTIME], page 138, Section 8.151 [MCLOCK], page 142, Section 8.214 [TIME8], page 177
8.153 MERGE Merge variables

Description : Select values from two arrays according to a logical mask. The result is equal to TSOURCE if MASK is .TRUE., or equal to FSOURCE if it is .FALSE.. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : TSOURCE FSOURCE MASK May be of any type. Shall be of the same type and type parameters as TSOURCE. Shall be of type LOGICAL. Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = MERGE(TSOURCE, FSOURCE, MASK)
Return value : The result is of the same type and type parameters as TSOURCE.
8.154 MIN Minimum value of an argument list

Description : Returns the argument with the smallest (most negative) value. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A1 A2, A3, ... The type shall be INTEGER or REAL. An expression of the same type and kind as A1. (As a GNU extension, arguments of dierent kinds are permitted.) Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = MIN(A1, A2 [, A3, ...])
144
Return value : The return value corresponds to the maximum value among the arguments, and has the same type and kind as the rst argument. Specic names : Name MIN0(I) AMIN0(I) MIN1(X) AMIN1(X) DMIN1(X) See also : Argument INTEGER(4) I INTEGER(4) I REAL X REAL(4) X REAL(8) X Return type INTEGER(4) REAL(MIN(X)) INT(MIN(X)) REAL(4) REAL(8) Standard Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later Fortran 77 and later
Section 8.147 [MAX], page 140, Section 8.156 [MINLOC], page 144, Section 8.157 [MINVAL], page 145
8.155 MINEXPONENT Minimum exponent of a real kind

Description : MINEXPONENT(X) returns the minimum exponent in the model of the type of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Shall be of type REAL. Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the default integer kind. Example : See MAXEXPONENT for an example. Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = MINEXPONENT(X)
8.156 MINLOC Location of the minimum value within an array

Description : Determines the location of the element in the array with the minimum value, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, determines the locations of the minimum element along each row of the array in the DIM direction. If MASK is present, only the elements for which MASK is .TRUE. are considered. If more than one element in the array has the minimum value, the location returned is that of the rst such element in array element order. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are .FALSE., then the result is an array of zeroes. Similarly, if DIM is supplied and all of the elements of MASK along a given row are zero, the result value for that row is zero. Standard : Class : Syntax : Fortran 95 and later Transformational function
145
RESULT = MINLOC(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK]) RESULT = MINLOC(ARRAY [, MASK]) Arguments : ARRAY DIM Shall be an array of type INTEGER or REAL. (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER, with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY, inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument. Shall be an array of type LOGICAL, and conformable with ARRAY.
MASK
Return value : If DIM is absent, the result is a rank-one array with a length equal to the rank of ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. If DIM is present and ARRAY has a rank of one, the result is a scalar. In all cases, the result is of default INTEGER type. See also : Section 8.154 [MIN], page 143, Section 8.157 [MINVAL], page 145
8.157 MINVAL Minimum value of an array

Description : Determines the minimum value of the elements in an array value, or, if the DIM argument is supplied, determines the minimum value along each row of the array in the DIM direction. If MASK is present, only the elements for which MASK is .TRUE. are considered. If the array has zero size, or all of the elements of MASK are .FALSE., then the result is HUGE(ARRAY) if ARRAY is numeric, or a string of CHAR(255) characters if ARRAY is of character type. Standard : Class : Syntax : RESULT = MINVAL(ARRAY, DIM [, MASK]) RESULT = MINVAL(ARRAY [, MASK]) Arguments : ARRAY DIM Shall be an array of type INTEGER or REAL. (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER, with a value between one and the rank of ARRAY, inclusive. It may not be an optional dummy argument. Shall be an array of type LOGICAL, and conformable with ARRAY. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function
MASK
Return value : If DIM is absent, or if ARRAY has a rank of one, the result is a scalar. If DIM is present, the result is an array with a rank one less than the rank of ARRAY, and a size corresponding to the size of ARRAY with the DIM dimension removed. In all cases, the result is of the same type and kind as ARRAY. See also : Section 8.154 [MIN], page 143, Section 8.156 [MINLOC], page 144
146
8.158 MOD Remainder function

Description : MOD(A,P) computes the remainder of the division of A by P. It is calculated as A - (INT(A/P) * P). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A P Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER or REAL Shall be a scalar of the same type as A and not equal to zero Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = MOD(A, P)
Return value : The kind of the return value is the result of cross-promoting the kinds of the arguments. Example :
program print print print print print print print print test_mod *, mod(17,3) *, mod(17.5,5.5) *, mod(17.5d0,5.5) *, mod(17.5,5.5d0) *, *, *, *, mod(-17,3) mod(-17.5,5.5) mod(-17.5d0,5.5) mod(-17.5,5.5d0)
print *, mod(17,-3) print *, mod(17.5,-5.5) print *, mod(17.5d0,-5.5) print *, mod(17.5,-5.5d0) end program test_mod
Specic names : Name AMOD(A,P) DMOD(A,P)
Arguments REAL(4) REAL(8)
8.159 MODULO Modulo function

Description : MODULO(A,P) computes the A modulo P. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A P Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER or REAL Shall be a scalar of the same type and kind as A Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = MODULO(A, P)
147
Return value : The type and kind of the result are those of the arguments. If A and P are of type INTEGER: MODULO(A,P) has the value R such that A=Q*P+R, where Q is an integer and R is between 0 (inclusive) and P (exclusive). If A and P are of type REAL: MODULO(A,P) has the value of A - FLOOR (A / P) * P. In all cases, if P is zero the result is processor-dependent. Example :
program test_modulo print *, modulo(17,3) print *, modulo(17.5,5.5) print *, modulo(-17,3) print *, modulo(-17.5,5.5) print *, modulo(17,-3) print *, modulo(17.5,-5.5) end program
8.160 MOVE_ALLOC Move allocation from one object to another

Description : MOVE_ALLOC(FROM, TO) moves the allocation from FROM to TO. FROM will become deallocated in the process. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : FROM TO Return value : None Example :
program test_move_alloc integer, allocatable :: a(:), b(:) allocate(a(3)) a = [ 1, 2, 3 ] call move_alloc(a, b) print *, allocated(a), allocated(b) print *, b end program test_move_alloc
Fortran 2003 and later Subroutine CALL MOVE_ALLOC(FROM, TO) ALLOCATABLE, INTENT(INOUT), may be of any type and kind. ALLOCATABLE, INTENT(OUT), shall be of the same type, kind and rank as FROM.
148
8.161 MVBITS Move bits from one integer to another

Description : Moves LEN bits from positions FROMPOS through FROMPOS+LEN-1 of FROM to positions TOPOS through TOPOS+LEN-1 of TO. The portion of argument TO not aected by the movement of bits is unchanged. The values of FROMPOS+LEN1 and TOPOS+LEN-1 must be less than BIT_SIZE(FROM). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : FROM FROMPOS LEN TO TOPOS See also : The The The The The type type type type type shall shall shall shall shall be be be be be INTEGER. INTEGER. INTEGER. INTEGER, of the same kind as FROM. INTEGER. Fortran 95 and later Elemental subroutine CALL MVBITS(FROM, FROMPOS, LEN, TO, TOPOS)
Section 8.104 [IBCLR], page 118, Section 8.106 [IBSET], page 118, Section 8.105 [IBITS], page 118, Section 8.102 [IAND], page 116, Section 8.115 [IOR], page 123, Section 8.109 [IEOR], page 120
8.162 NEAREST Nearest representable number

Description : NEAREST(X, S) returns the processor-representable number nearest to X in the direction indicated by the sign of S. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X S Shall be of type REAL. (Optional) shall be of type REAL and not equal to zero. Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = NEAREST(X, S)
Return value : The return value is of the same type as X. If S is positive, NEAREST returns the processor-representable number greater than X and nearest to it. If S is negative, NEAREST returns the processor-representable number smaller than X and nearest to it. Example :
program test_nearest real :: x, y x = nearest(42.0, 1.0) y = nearest(42.0, -1.0) write (*,"(3(G20.15))") x, y, x - y end program test_nearest
149
8.163 NEW_LINE New line character

Description : NEW_LINE(C) returns the new-line character. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : C The argument shall be a scalar or array of the type CHARACTER. Fortran 2003 and later Inquiry function RESULT = NEW_LINE(C)
Return value : Returns a CHARACTER scalar of length one with the new-line character of the same kind as parameter C. Example :
program newline implicit none write(*,(A)) This is record 1.//NEW_LINE(A)//This is record 2. end program newline
8.164 NINT Nearest whole number

Description : NINT(A) rounds its argument to the nearest whole number. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A KIND The type of the argument shall be REAL. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 77 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 90 and later Elemental function RESULT = NINT(A [, KIND])
Return value : Returns A with the fractional portion of its magnitude eliminated by rounding to the nearest whole number and with its sign preserved, converted to an INTEGER of the default kind. Example :
program test_nint real(4) x4 real(8) x8 x4 = 1.234E0_4 x8 = 4.321_8 print *, nint(x4), idnint(x8) end program test_nint
Specic names : Name IDNINT(X)
Argument REAL(8)
150
See also :
Section 8.38 [CEILING], page 78, Section 8.75 [FLOOR], page 101
8.165 NOT Logical negation

Description : NOT returns the bitwise boolean inverse of I. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I The type shall be INTEGER. Return value : The return type is INTEGER, of the same kind as the argument. See also : Section 8.102 [IAND], page 116, Section 8.109 [IEOR], page 120, Section 8.115 [IOR], page 123, Section 8.105 [IBITS], page 118, Section 8.106 [IBSET], page 118, Section 8.104 [IBCLR], page 118 Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = NOT(I)
8.166 NULL Function that returns an disassociated pointer

Description : Returns a disassociated pointer. If MOLD is present, a dissassociated pointer of the same type is returned, otherwise the type is determined by context. In Fortran 95, MOLD is optional. Please note that Fortran 2003 includes cases where it is required. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : MOLD (Optional) shall be a pointer of any association status and of any type. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function PTR => NULL([MOLD])
Return value : A disassociated pointer. Example :

REAL, POINTER, DIMENSION(:) :: VEC => NULL ()
See also :
Section 8.20 [ASSOCIATED], page 66
151
8.167 OR Bitwise logical OR

Description : Bitwise logical OR. This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. For integer arguments, programmers should consider the use of the Section 8.115 [IOR], page 123 intrinsic dened by the Fortran standard. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I J The type shall be either a scalar INTEGER type or a scalar LOGICAL type. The type shall be the same as the type of J. GNU extension Function RESULT = OR(I, J)
Return value : The return type is either a scalar INTEGER or a scalar LOGICAL. If the kind type parameters dier, then the smaller kind type is implicitly converted to larger kind, and the return has the larger kind. Example :
PROGRAM test_or LOGICAL :: T = .TRUE., F = .FALSE. INTEGER :: a, b DATA a / ZF /, b / Z3 / WRITE (*,*) OR(T, T), OR(T, F), OR(F, T), OR(F, F) WRITE (*,*) OR(a, b) END PROGRAM
See also :
Fortran 95 elemental function: Section 8.115 [IOR], page 123
8.168 PACK Pack an array into an array of rank one

Description : Stores the elements of ARRAY in an array of rank one. The beginning of the resulting array is made up of elements whose MASK equals TRUE. Afterwards, positions are lled with elements taken from VECTOR. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : ARRAY MASK Shall be an array of any type. Shall be an array of type LOGICAL and of the same size as ARRAY. Alternatively, it may be a LOGICAL scalar. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = PACK(ARRAY, MASK[,VECTOR]
152
VECTOR
(Optional) shall be an array of the same type as ARRAY and of rank one. If present, the number of elements in VECTOR shall be equal to or greater than the number of true elements in MASK. If MASK is scalar, the number of elements in VECTOR shall be equal to or greater than the number of elements in ARRAY.
Return value : The result is an array of rank one and the same type as that of ARRAY. If VECTOR is present, the result size is that of VECTOR, the number of TRUE values in MASK otherwise. Example : Gathering nonzero elements from an array:
PROGRAM test_pack_1 INTEGER :: m(6) m = (/ 1, 0, 0, 0, 5, 0 /) WRITE(*, FMT="(6(I0, ))") pack(m, m /= 0) END PROGRAM
! "1 5"
Gathering nonzero elements from an array and appending elements from VECTOR:
PROGRAM test_pack_2 INTEGER :: m(4) m = (/ 1, 0, 0, 2 /) WRITE(*, FMT="(4(I0, ))") pack(m, m /= 0, (/ 0, 0, 3, 4 /)) END PROGRAM
! "1 2 3 4"
See also :
Section 8.224 [UNPACK], page 182
8.169 PERROR Print system error message

Description : Prints (on the C stderr stream) a newline-terminated error message corresponding to the last system error. This is prexed by STRING, a colon and a space. See perror(3). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING See also : A scalar of type CHARACTER and of the default kind. Section 8.110 [IERRNO], page 121 GNU extension Subroutine CALL PERROR(STRING)
8.170 PRECISION Decimal precision of a real kind

Description : PRECISION(X) returns the decimal precision in the model of the type of X. Standard : Class : Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function
153
RESULT = PRECISION(X) X Shall be of type REAL or COMPLEX.
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the default integer kind. Example :
program prec_and_range real(kind=4) :: x(2) complex(kind=8) :: y print *, precision(x), range(x) print *, precision(y), range(y) end program prec_and_range
8.171 PRESENT Determine whether an optional dummy argument is specied

Description : Determines whether an optional dummy argument is present. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A May be of any type and may be a pointer, scalar or array value, or a dummy procedure. It shall be the name of an optional dummy argument accessible within the current subroutine or function. Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = PRESENT(A)
Return value : Returns either TRUE if the optional argument A is present, or FALSE otherwise. Example :
PROGRAM test_present WRITE(*,*) f(), f(42) ! "F T" CONTAINS LOGICAL FUNCTION f(x) INTEGER, INTENT(IN), OPTIONAL :: x f = PRESENT(x) END FUNCTION END PROGRAM
8.172 PRODUCT Product of array elements

Description : Multiplies the elements of ARRAY along dimension DIM if the corresponding element in MASK is TRUE. Standard : Fortran 95 and later
154
Class : Syntax :
Transformational function
RESULT = PRODUCT(ARRAY[, MASK]) RESULT = PRODUCT(ARRAY, DIM[, MASK]) Arguments : ARRAY DIM MASK Shall be an array of type INTEGER, REAL or COMPLEX. (Optional) shall be a scalar of type INTEGER with a value in the range from 1 to n, where n equals the rank of ARRAY. (Optional) shall be of type LOGICAL and either be a scalar or an array of the same shape as ARRAY.
Return value : The result is of the same type as ARRAY. If DIM is absent, a scalar with the product of all elements in ARRAY is returned. Otherwise, an array of rank n-1, where n equals the rank of ARRAY, and a shape similar to that of ARRAY with dimension DIM dropped is returned. Example :
PROGRAM test_product INTEGER :: x(5) = (/ 1, 2, 3, 4 ,5 /) print *, PRODUCT(x) ! all elements, product = 120 print *, PRODUCT(x, MASK=MOD(x, 2)==1) ! odd elements, product = 15 END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.207 [SUM], page 173
8.173 RADIX Base of a model number

Description : RADIX(X) returns the base of the model representing the entity X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Shall be of type INTEGER or REAL Return value : The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER and of the default integer kind. Example :
program test_radix print *, "The radix for the default integer kind is", radix(0) print *, "The radix for the default real kind is", radix(0.0) end program test_radix
Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = RADIX(X)
155
8.174 RAN Real pseudo-random number

Description : For compatibility with HP FORTRAN 77/iX, the RAN intrinsic is provided as an alias for RAND. See Section 8.175 [RAND], page 155 for complete documentation. Standard : Class : See also : GNU extension Function Section 8.175 [RAND], page 155, Section 8.176 [RANDOM NUMBER], page 155
8.175 RAND Real pseudo-random number

Description : RAND(FLAG) returns a pseudo-random number from a uniform distribution between 0 and 1. If FLAG is 0, the next number in the current sequence is returned; if FLAG is 1, the generator is restarted by CALL SRAND(0); if FLAG has any other value, it is used as a new seed with SRAND. This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. It implements a simple modulo generator as provided by g77. For new code, one should consider the use of Section 8.176 [RANDOM NUMBER], page 155 as it implements a superior algorithm. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I Shall be a scalar INTEGER of kind 4. Return value : The return value is of REAL type and the default kind. Example :
program test_rand integer,parameter :: seed = 86456 call srand(seed) print *, rand(), rand(), rand(), rand() print *, rand(seed), rand(), rand(), rand() end program test_rand
GNU extension Function RESULT = RAND(I)
See also :
Section 8.205 [SRAND], page 171, Section 8.176 [RANDOM NUMBER], page 155
8.176 RANDOM_NUMBER Pseudo-random number

Description : Returns a single pseudorandom number or an array of pseudorandom numbers from the uniform distribution over the range 0 x < 1.
156
The runtime-library implements George Marsaglias KISS (Keep It Simple Stupid) random number generator (RNG). This RNG combines: 1. The congruential generator x(n) = 69069 x(n 1) + 1327217885 with a period of 232 , 2. A 3-shift shift-register generator with a period of 232 1, 3. Two 16-bit multiply-with-carry generators with a period of 597273182964842497 > 259 . The overall period exceeds 2123 . Please note, this RNG is thread safe if used within OpenMP directives, i.e., its state will be consistent while called from multiple threads. However, the KISS generator does not create random numbers in parallel from multiple sources, but in sequence from a single source. If an OpenMP-enabled application heavily relies on random numbers, one should consider employing a dedicated parallel random number generator instead. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : HARVEST Example :
program test_random_number REAL :: r(5,5) CALL init_random_seed() CALL RANDOM_NUMBER(r) end program ! see example of RANDOM_SEED
Fortran 95 and later Subroutine RANDOM_NUMBER(HARVEST) Shall be a scalar or an array of type REAL.
See also :
Section 8.177 [RANDOM SEED], page 156
8.177 RANDOM_SEED Initialize a pseudo-random number sequence

Description : Restarts or queries the state of the pseudorandom number generator used by RANDOM_NUMBER. If RANDOM_SEED is called without arguments, it is initialized to a default state. The example below shows how to initialize the random seed based on the systems time. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : SIZE (Optional) Shall be a scalar and of type default INTEGER, with INTENT(OUT). It species the minimum size of the arrays used with the PUT and GET arguments. Fortran 95 and later Subroutine CALL RANDOM_SEED([SIZE, PUT, GET])
157
PUT
GET
(Optional) Shall be an array of type default INTEGER and rank one. It is INTENT(IN) and the size of the array must be larger than or equal to the number returned by the SIZE argument. (Optional) Shall be an array of type default INTEGER and rank one. It is INTENT(OUT) and the size of the array must be larger than or equal to the number returned by the SIZE argument.
SUBROUTINE init_random_seed() INTEGER :: i, n, clock INTEGER, DIMENSION(:), ALLOCATABLE :: seed CALL RANDOM_SEED(size = n) ALLOCATE(seed(n)) CALL SYSTEM_CLOCK(COUNT=clock) seed = clock + 37 * (/ (i - 1, i = 1, n) /) CALL RANDOM_SEED(PUT = seed) DEALLOCATE(seed) END SUBROUTINE
Example :
See also :
Section 8.176 [RANDOM NUMBER], page 155
8.178 RANGE Decimal exponent range

Description : RANGE(X) returns the decimal exponent range in the model of the type of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Shall be of type INTEGER, REAL or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the default integer kind. Example : See PRECISION for an example. Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = RANGE(X)
8.179 REAL Convert to real type

Description : REAL(A [, KIND]) converts its argument A to a real type. The REALPART function is provided for compatibility with g77, and its use is strongly discouraged. Standard : Class : Fortran 77 and later Elemental function
158
Syntax : RESULT = REAL(A [, KIND]) RESULT = REALPART(Z) Arguments : A KIND Shall be INTEGER, REAL, or COMPLEX. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.
Return value : These functions return a REAL variable or array under the following rules: (A) (B) (C) Example :
program test_real complex :: x = (1.0, 2.0) print *, real(x), real(x,8), realpart(x) end program test_real
REAL(A) is converted to a default real type if A is an integer or real variable. REAL(A) is converted to a real type with the kind type parameter of A if A is a complex variable. REAL(A, KIND) is converted to a real type with kind type parameter KIND if A is a complex, integer, or real variable.
See also :
Section 8.53 [DBLE], page 88, Section 8.55 [DFLOAT], page 89, Section 8.72 [FLOAT], page 99
8.180 RENAME Rename a le

Description : Renames a le from le PATH1 to PATH2. A null character (CHAR(0)) can be used to mark the end of the names in PATH1 and PATH2 ; otherwise, trailing blanks in the le names are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see rename(2). This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL RENAME(PATH1, PATH2 [, STATUS]) STATUS = RENAME(PATH1, PATH2) Arguments : PATH1 PATH2 STATUS See also : Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Shall be of default CHARACTER type. (Optional) Shall be of default INTEGER type. GNU extension Subroutine, function
Section 8.132 [LINK], page 132
159
8.181 REPEAT Repeated string concatenation

Description : Concatenates NCOPIES copies of a string. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING NCOPIES Shall be scalar and of type CHARACTER. Shall be scalar and of type INTEGER. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = REPEAT(STRING, NCOPIES)
Return value : A new scalar of type CHARACTER built up from NCOPIES copies of STRING. Example :
program test_repeat write(*,*) repeat("x", 5) end program ! "xxxxx"
8.182 RESHAPE Function to reshape an array

Description : Reshapes SOURCE to correspond to SHAPE. If necessary, the new array may be padded with elements from PAD or permuted as dened by ORDER. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : SOURCE SHAPE PAD ORDER Shall be an array of any type. Shall be of type INTEGER and an array of rank one. Its values must be positive or zero. (Optional) shall be an array of the same type as SOURCE. (Optional) shall be of type INTEGER and an array of the same shape as SHAPE. Its values shall be a permutation of the numbers from 1 to n, where n is the size of SHAPE. If ORDER is absent, the natural ordering shall be assumed. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = RESHAPE(SOURCE, SHAPE[, PAD, ORDER])
Return value : The result is an array of shape SHAPE with the same type as SOURCE. Example :
PROGRAM test_reshape INTEGER, DIMENSION(4) :: x WRITE(*,*) SHAPE(x) WRITE(*,*) SHAPE(RESHAPE(x, (/2, 2/))) END PROGRAM ! prints "4" ! prints "2 2"
See also :
Section 8.193 [SHAPE], page 165
160
8.183 RRSPACING Reciprocal of the relative spacing

Description : RRSPACING(X) returns the reciprocal of the relative spacing of model numbers near X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Shall be of type REAL. Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as X. The value returned is equal to ABS(FRACTION(X)) * FLOAT(RADIX(X))**DIGITS(X). See also : Section 8.202 [SPACING], page 170 Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = RRSPACING(X)
8.184 RSHIFT Right shift bits

Description : RSHIFT returns a value corresponding to I with all of the bits shifted right by SHIFT places. If the absolute value of SHIFT is greater than BIT_SIZE(I), the value is undened. Bits shifted out from the left end are lost; zeros are shifted in from the opposite end. This function has been superseded by the ISHFT intrinsic, which is standard in Fortran 95 and later. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I SHIFT The type shall be INTEGER. The type shall be INTEGER. GNU extension Elemental function RESULT = RSHIFT(I, SHIFT)
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of the same kind as I. See also : Section 8.120 [ISHFT], page 126, Section 8.121 [ISHFTC], page 126, Section 8.142 [LSHIFT], page 137
8.185 SCALE Scale a real value

Description : SCALE(X,I) returns X * RADIX(X)**I. Standard : Class : Fortran 95 and later Elemental function
161
RESULT = SCALE(X, I) X I The type of the argument shall be a REAL. The type of the argument shall be a INTEGER.
Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as X. Its value is X * RADIX(X)**I. Example :
program test_scale real :: x = 178.1387e-4 integer :: i = 5 print *, scale(x,i), x*radix(x)**i end program test_scale
8.186 SCAN Scan a string for the presence of a set of characters

Description : Scans a STRING for any of the characters in a SET of characters. If BACK is either absent or equals FALSE, this function returns the position of the leftmost character of STRING that is in SET. If BACK equals TRUE, the rightmost position is returned. If no character of SET is found in STRING, the result is zero. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING SET BACK KIND Shall be of type CHARACTER. Shall be of type CHARACTER. (Optional) shall be of type LOGICAL. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Elemental function RESULT = SCAN(STRING, SET[, BACK [, KIND]])
PROGRAM test_scan WRITE(*,*) SCAN("FORTRAN", "AO") WRITE(*,*) SCAN("FORTRAN", "AO", .TRUE.) WRITE(*,*) SCAN("FORTRAN", "C++") END PROGRAM ! 2, found O ! 6, found A ! 0, found none
See also :
Section 8.111 [INDEX intrinsic], page 121, Section 8.225 [VERIFY], page 182
162
8.187 SECNDS Time function

Description : SECNDS(X) gets the time in seconds from the real-time system clock. X is a reference time, also in seconds. If this is zero, the time in seconds from midnight is returned. This function is non-standard and its use is discouraged. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : T X Return value : None Example :
program test_secnds integer :: i real(4) :: t1, t2 print *, secnds (0.0) ! seconds since midnight t1 = secnds (0.0) ! reference time do i = 1, 10000000 ! do something end do t2 = secnds (t1) ! elapsed time print *, "Something took ", t2, " seconds." end program test_secnds
GNU extension Function RESULT = SECNDS (X) Shall be of type REAL(4). Shall be of type REAL(4).
8.188 SECOND CPU time function

Description : Returns a REAL(4) value representing the elapsed CPU time in seconds. This provides the same functionality as the standard CPU_TIME intrinsic, and is only included for backwards compatibility. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL SECOND(TIME) TIME = SECOND() Arguments : TIME Shall be of type REAL(4). Return value : In either syntax, TIME is set to the processs current runtime in seconds. See also : Section 8.49 [CPU TIME], page 85 GNU extension Subroutine, function
163
8.189 SELECTED_CHAR_KIND Choose character kind

Description : SELECTED_CHAR_KIND(NAME) returns the kind value for the character set named NAME, if a character set with such a name is supported, or 1 otherwise. Currently, supported character sets include ASCII and DEFAULT, which are equivalent. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : NAME Example :
program ascii_kind integer,parameter :: ascii = selected_char_kind("ascii") character(kind=ascii, len=26) :: s s = ascii_"abcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz" print *, s end program ascii_kind
Fortran 2003 and later Transformational function RESULT = SELECTED_CHAR_KIND(NAME) Shall be a scalar and of the default character type.
8.190 SELECTED_INT_KIND Choose integer kind

Description : SELECTED_INT_KIND(R) return the kind value of the smallest integer type that can represent all values ranging from 10R (exclusive) to 10R (exclusive). If there is no integer kind that accommodates this range, SELECTED_INT_KIND returns 1. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : R Example :
program large_integers integer,parameter :: k5 = selected_int_kind(5) integer,parameter :: k15 = selected_int_kind(15) integer(kind=k5) :: i5 integer(kind=k15) :: i15 print *, huge(i5), huge(i15) ! The following inequalities are always true print *, huge(i5) >= 10_k5**5-1 print *, huge(i15) >= 10_k15**15-1 end program large_integers
Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = SELECTED_INT_KIND(R) Shall be a scalar and of type INTEGER.
164
8.191 SELECTED_REAL_KIND Choose real kind

Description : SELECTED_REAL_KIND(P,R) returns the kind value of a real data type with decimal precision of at least P digits and exponent range greater at least R. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : P (Optional) shall be a scalar and of type INTEGER. R (Optional) shall be a scalar and of type INTEGER. At least one argument shall be present. Return value : SELECTED_REAL_KIND returns the value of the kind type parameter of a real data type with decimal precision of at least P digits and a decimal exponent range of at least R. If more than one real data type meet the criteria, the kind of the data type with the smallest decimal precision is returned. If no real data type matches the criteria, the result is -1 if the processor does not support a real data type with a precision greater than or equal to P -2 if the processor does not support a real type with an exponent range greater than or equal to R -3 if neither is supported. Example :
program real_kinds integer,parameter :: p6 = selected_real_kind(6) integer,parameter :: p10r100 = selected_real_kind(10,100) integer,parameter :: r400 = selected_real_kind(r=400) real(kind=p6) :: x real(kind=p10r100) :: y real(kind=r400) :: z print *, precision(x), range(x) print *, precision(y), range(y) print *, precision(z), range(z) end program real_kinds
Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = SELECTED_REAL_KIND([P, R])
8.192 SET_EXPONENT Set the exponent of the model

Description : SET_EXPONENT(X, I) returns the real number whose fractional part is that that of X and whose exponent part is I. Standard : Class : Syntax : Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = SET_EXPONENT(X, I)
165
Arguments : X I Shall be of type REAL. Shall be of type INTEGER.
Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as X. The real number whose fractional part is that that of X and whose exponent part if I is returned; it is FRACTION(X) * RADIX(X)**I. Example :
PROGRAM test_setexp REAL :: x = 178.1387e-4 INTEGER :: i = 17 PRINT *, SET_EXPONENT(x, i), FRACTION(x) * RADIX(x)**i END PROGRAM
8.193 SHAPE Determine the shape of an array

Description : Determines the shape of an array. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : SOURCE Shall be an array or scalar of any type. If SOURCE is a pointer it must be associated and allocatable arrays must be allocated. Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = SHAPE(SOURCE)
Return value : An INTEGER array of rank one with as many elements as SOURCE has dimensions. The elements of the resulting array correspond to the extend of SOURCE along the respective dimensions. If SOURCE is a scalar, the result is the rank one array of size zero. Example :
PROGRAM test_shape INTEGER, DIMENSION(-1:1, -1:2) :: A WRITE(*,*) SHAPE(A) ! (/ 3, 4 /) WRITE(*,*) SIZE(SHAPE(42)) ! (/ /) END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.182 [RESHAPE], page 159, Section 8.198 [SIZE], page 168
8.194 SIGN Sign copying function

Description : SIGN(A,B) returns the value of A with the sign of B. Standard : Class : Fortran 77 and later Elemental function
166
RESULT = SIGN(A, B) A B Shall be of type INTEGER or REAL Shall be of the same type and kind as A
Return value : The kind of the return value is that of A and B. If B 0 then the result is ABS(A), else it is -ABS(A). Example :
program print print print test_sign *, sign(-12,1) *, sign(-12,0) *, sign(-12,-1)
print *, sign(-12.,1.) print *, sign(-12.,0.) print *, sign(-12.,-1.) end program test_sign
Specic names : Name ISIGN(A,P) DSIGN(A,P)
Arguments INTEGER(4) REAL(8)
Return type INTEGER(4) REAL(8)
Standard f95, gnu f95, gnu
8.195 SIGNAL Signal handling subroutine (or function)

Description : SIGNAL(NUMBER, HANDLER [, STATUS]) causes external subroutine HANDLER to be executed with a single integer argument when signal NUMBER occurs. If HANDLER is an integer, it can be used to turn o handling of signal NUMBER or revert to its default action. See signal(2). If SIGNAL is called as a subroutine and the STATUS argument is supplied, it is set to the value returned by signal(2). Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL SIGNAL(NUMBER, HANDLER [, STATUS]) STATUS = SIGNAL(NUMBER, HANDLER) Arguments : NUMBER HANDLER STATUS Shall be a scalar integer, with INTENT(IN) Signal handler (INTEGER FUNCTION or SUBROUTINE) or dummy/global INTEGER scalar. INTEGER. It is INTENT(IN). (Optional) STATUS shall be a scalar integer. It has INTENT(OUT). GNU extension Subroutine, function
Return value : The SIGNAL function returns the value returned by signal(2).
167
Example :
program test_signal intrinsic signal external handler_print call signal (12, handler_print) call signal (10, 1) call sleep (30) end program test_signal
8.196 SIN Sine function

Description : SIN(X) computes the sine of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value has same type and kind as X. Example :
program test_sin real :: x = 0.0 x = sin(x) end program test_sin
Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = SIN(X)
Specic names : Name DSIN(X) CSIN(X) ZSIN(X) CDSIN(X) See also :
Standard f95, gnu f95, gnu f95, gnu f95, gnu
Section 8.18 [ASIN], page 65
8.197 SINH Hyperbolic sine function

Description : SINH(X) computes the hyperbolic sine of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Fortran 95 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later Elemental function RESULT = SINH(X)
168
Return value : The return value has same type and kind as X. Example :
program test_sinh real(8) :: x = - 1.0_8 x = sinh(x) end program test_sinh
Specic names : Name DSINH(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
Section 8.19 [ASINH], page 66
8.198 SIZE Determine the size of an array

Description : Determine the extent of ARRAY along a specied dimension DIM, or the total number of elements in ARRAY if DIM is absent. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : ARRAY DIM Shall be an array of any type. If ARRAY is a pointer it must be associated and allocatable arrays must be allocated. (Optional) shall be a scalar of type INTEGER and its value shall be in the range from 1 to n, where n equals the rank of ARRAY. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Inquiry function RESULT = SIZE(ARRAY[, DIM [, KIND]])
KIND
PROGRAM test_size WRITE(*,*) SIZE((/ 1, 2 /)) END PROGRAM ! 2
See also :
Section 8.193 [SHAPE], page 165, Section 8.182 [RESHAPE], page 159
8.199 SIZEOF Size in bytes of an expression

Description : SIZEOF(X) calculates the number of bytes of storage the expression X occupies. Standard : Class : GNU extension Intrinsic function
169
N = SIZEOF(X) X The argument shall be of any type, rank or shape.
Return value : The return value is of type integer and of the system-dependent kind C SIZE T (from the ISO C BINDING module). Its value is the number of bytes occupied by the argument. If the argument has the POINTER attribute, the number of bytes of the storage area pointed to is returned. If the argument is of a derived type with POINTER or ALLOCATABLE components, the return value doesnt account for the sizes of the data pointed to by these components. Example :
integer :: i real :: r, s(5) print *, (sizeof(s)/sizeof(r) == 5) end
The example will print .TRUE. unless you are using a platform where default REAL variables are unusually padded. See also : Section 8.37 [C SIZEOF], page 77
8.200 SLEEP Sleep for the specied number of seconds

Description : Calling this subroutine causes the process to pause for SECONDS seconds. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : SECONDS Example :
program test_sleep call sleep(5) end
GNU extension Subroutine CALL SLEEP(SECONDS) The type shall be of default INTEGER.
8.201 SNGL Convert double precision real to default real

Description : SNGL(A) converts the double precision real A to a default real value. This is an archaic form of REAL that is specic to one type for A. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : A The type shall be a double precision REAL. Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = SNGL(A)
170
Return value : The return value is of type default REAL. See also : Section 8.53 [DBLE], page 88
8.202 SPACING Smallest distance between two numbers of a given type

Description : Determines the distance between the argument X and the nearest adjacent number of the same type. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X Shall be of type REAL. Return value : The result is of the same type as the input argument X. Example :
PROGRAM test_spacing INTEGER, PARAMETER :: SGL = SELECTED_REAL_KIND(p=6, r=37) INTEGER, PARAMETER :: DBL = SELECTED_REAL_KIND(p=13, r=200) WRITE(*,*) spacing(1.0_SGL) WRITE(*,*) spacing(1.0_DBL) END PROGRAM ! "1.1920929E-07" on i686 ! "2.220446049250313E-016" on i686
Fortran 95 and later Elemental function RESULT = SPACING(X)
See also :
Section 8.183 [RRSPACING], page 160
8.203 SPREAD Add a dimension to an array

Description : Replicates a SOURCE array NCOPIES times along a specied dimension DIM. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : SOURCE DIM NCOPIES Shall be a scalar or an array of any type and a rank less than seven. Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER with a value in the range from 1 to n+1, where n equals the rank of SOURCE. Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = SPREAD(SOURCE, DIM, NCOPIES)
Return value : The result is an array of the same type as SOURCE and has rank n+1 where n equals the rank of SOURCE.
171
Example :
PROGRAM test_spread INTEGER :: a = 1, b(2) = (/ 1, 2 /) WRITE(*,*) SPREAD(A, 1, 2) WRITE(*,*) SPREAD(B, 1, 2) END PROGRAM ! "1 1" ! "1 1 2 2"
See also :
Section 8.224 [UNPACK], page 182
8.204 SQRT Square-root function

Description : SQRT(X) computes the square root of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value is of type REAL or COMPLEX. The kind type parameter is the same as X. Example :
program test_sqrt real(8) :: x = 2.0_8 complex :: z = (1.0, 2.0) x = sqrt(x) z = sqrt(z) end program test_sqrt
Fortran 77 and later Elemental function RESULT = SQRT(X)
Specic names : Name DSQRT(X) CSQRT(X) ZSQRT(X) CDSQRT(X)
8.205 SRAND Reinitialize the random number generator

Description : SRAND reinitializes the pseudo-random number generator called by RAND and IRAND. The new seed used by the generator is specied by the required argument SEED. Standard : Class : Syntax : GNU extension Subroutine CALL SRAND(SEED)
172
Arguments : SEED Shall be a scalar INTEGER(kind=4). Return value : Does not return anything. Example : Notes : See RAND and IRAND for examples. The Fortran 2003 standard species the intrinsic RANDOM_SEED to initialize the pseudo-random numbers generator and RANDOM_NUMBER to generate pseudorandom numbers. Please note that in GNU Fortran, these two sets of intrinsics (RAND, IRAND and SRAND on the one hand, RANDOM_NUMBER and RANDOM_SEED on the other hand) access two independent pseudo-random number generators. Section 8.175 [RAND], page 155, Section 8.177 [RANDOM SEED], page 156, Section 8.176 [RANDOM NUMBER], page 155
See also :
8.206 STAT Get le status

Description : This function returns information about a le. No permissions are required on the le itself, but execute (search) permission is required on all of the directories in path that lead to the le. The elements that are obtained and stored in the array VALUES: VALUES(1) Device ID VALUES(2) Inode number VALUES(3) File mode VALUES(4) Number of links VALUES(5) Owners uid VALUES(6) Owners gid VALUES(7) ID of device containing directory entry for le (0 if not available) VALUES(8) File size (bytes) VALUES(9) Last access time VALUES(10) Last modication time VALUES(11) Last le status change time VALUES(12) Preferred I/O block size (-1 if not available) VALUES(13) Number of blocks allocated (-1 if not available) Not all these elements are relevant on all systems. If an element is not relevant, it is returned as 0. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : NAME The type shall be CHARACTER, of the default kind and a valid path within the le system. GNU extension Subroutine, function CALL STAT(NAME, VALUES [, STATUS])
173
VALUES STATUS Example :
The type shall be INTEGER(4), DIMENSION(13). (Optional) status ag of type INTEGER(4). Returns 0 on success and a system specic error code otherwise.
PROGRAM test_stat INTEGER, DIMENSION(13) :: buff INTEGER :: status CALL STAT("/etc/passwd", buff, status) IF (status == 0) THEN WRITE (*, FMT="(Device ID:, WRITE (*, FMT="(Inode number:, WRITE (*, FMT="(File mode (octal):, WRITE (*, FMT="(Number of links:, WRITE (*, FMT="(Owners uid:, WRITE (*, FMT="(Owners gid:, WRITE (*, FMT="(Device where located:, WRITE (*, FMT="(File size:, WRITE (*, FMT="(Last access time:, WRITE (*, FMT="(Last modification time, WRITE (*, FMT="(Last status change time:, WRITE (*, FMT="(Preferred block size:, WRITE (*, FMT="(No. of blocks allocated:, END IF END PROGRAM
T30, T30, T30, T30, T30, T30, T30, T30, T30, T30, T30, T30, T30,
I19)") I19)") O19)") I19)") I19)") I19)") I19)") I19)") A19)") A19)") A19)") I19)") I19)")
buff(1) buff(2) buff(3) buff(4) buff(5) buff(6) buff(7) buff(8) CTIME(buff(9)) CTIME(buff(10)) CTIME(buff(11)) buff(12) buff(13)
See also :
To stat an open le: Section 8.83 [FSTAT], page 106, to stat a link: Section 8.143 [LSTAT], page 137
8.207 SUM Sum of array elements

Description : Adds the elements of ARRAY along dimension DIM if the corresponding element in MASK is TRUE. Standard : Class : Syntax : RESULT = SUM(ARRAY[, MASK]) RESULT = SUM(ARRAY, DIM[, MASK]) Arguments : ARRAY DIM MASK Shall be an array of type INTEGER, REAL or COMPLEX. (Optional) shall be a scalar of type INTEGER with a value in the range from 1 to n, where n equals the rank of ARRAY. (Optional) shall be of type LOGICAL and either be a scalar or an array of the same shape as ARRAY. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function
Return value : The result is of the same type as ARRAY.
174
If DIM is absent, a scalar with the sum of all elements in ARRAY is returned. Otherwise, an array of rank n-1, where n equals the rank of ARRAY,and a shape similar to that of ARRAY with dimension DIM dropped is returned. Example :
PROGRAM test_sum INTEGER :: x(5) = (/ 1, 2, 3, 4 ,5 /) print *, SUM(x) print *, SUM(x, MASK=MOD(x, 2)==1) END PROGRAM ! all elements, sum = 15 ! odd elements, sum = 9
See also :
Section 8.172 [PRODUCT], page 153
8.208 SYMLNK Create a symbolic link

Description : Makes a symbolic link from le PATH1 to PATH2. A null character (CHAR(0)) can be used to mark the end of the names in PATH1 and PATH2 ; otherwise, trailing blanks in the le names are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see symlink(2). If the system does not supply symlink(2), ENOSYS is returned. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL SYMLNK(PATH1, PATH2 [, STATUS]) STATUS = SYMLNK(PATH1, PATH2) Arguments : PATH1 PATH2 STATUS See also : Shall be of default CHARACTER type. Shall be of default CHARACTER type. (Optional) Shall be of default INTEGER type. GNU extension Subroutine, function
Section 8.132 [LINK], page 132, Section 8.223 [UNLINK], page 181
8.209 SYSTEM Execute a shell command

Description : Passes the command COMMAND to a shell (see system(3)). If argument STATUS is present, it contains the value returned by system(3), which is presumably 0 if the shell command succeeded. Note that which shell is used to invoke the command is system-dependent and environment-dependent. This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : GNU extension Subroutine, function
175
Syntax : CALL SYSTEM(COMMAND [, STATUS]) STATUS = SYSTEM(COMMAND) Arguments : COMMAND STATUS See also : Shall be of default CHARACTER type. (Optional) Shall be of default INTEGER type.
8.210 SYSTEM_CLOCK Time function

Description : Determines the COUNT of milliseconds of wall clock time since the Epoch (00:00:00 UTC, January 1, 1970) modulo COUNT MAX, COUNT RATE determines the number of clock ticks per second. COUNT RATE and COUNT MAX are constant and specic to gfortran. If there is no clock, COUNT is set to -HUGE(COUNT), and COUNT RATE and COUNT MAX are set to zero Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : Arguments : COUNT (Optional) shall be a scalar of type default INTEGER with INTENT(OUT). COUNT RATE (Optional) shall be a scalar of type default INTEGER with INTENT(OUT). COUNT MAX (Optional) shall be a scalar of type default INTEGER with INTENT(OUT).
PROGRAM test_system_clock INTEGER :: count, count_rate, count_max CALL SYSTEM_CLOCK(count, count_rate, count_max) WRITE(*,*) count, count_rate, count_max END PROGRAM
Fortran 95 and later Subroutine CALL SYSTEM_CLOCK([COUNT, COUNT_RATE, COUNT_MAX])
Example :
See also :
Section 8.52 [DATE AND TIME], page 87, Section 8.49 [CPU TIME], page 85
8.211 TAN Tangent function

Description : TAN(X) computes the tangent of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later Elemental function RESULT = TAN(X)
176
Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value has same type and kind as X. Example :
program test_tan real(8) :: x = 0.165_8 x = tan(x) end program test_tan
Specic names : Name DTAN(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
Section 8.21 [ATAN], page 68
8.212 TANH Hyperbolic tangent function

Description : TANH(X) computes the hyperbolic tangent of X. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : X The type shall be REAL or COMPLEX. Return value : The return value has same type and kind as X. If X is complex, the imaginary part of the result is in radians. If X is REAL, the return value lies in the range 1 tanh(x) 1. Example :
program test_tanh real(8) :: x = 2.1_8 x = tanh(x) end program test_tanh
Fortran 77 and later, for a complex argument Fortran 2008 or later Elemental function X = TANH(X)
Specic names : Name DTANH(X) See also :
Argument REAL(8) X
Return type REAL(8)
Section 8.23 [ATANH], page 69
8.213 TIME Time function

Description : Returns the current time encoded as an integer (in the manner of the UNIX function time(3)). This value is suitable for passing to CTIME(), GMTIME(), and LTIME().
177
This intrinsic is not fully portable, such as to systems with 32-bit INTEGER types but supporting times wider than 32 bits. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be, or become, negative, or numerically less than previous values, during a single run of the compiled program. See Section 8.214 [TIME8], page 177, for information on a similar intrinsic that might be portable to more GNU Fortran implementations, though to fewer Fortran compilers. Standard : Class : Syntax : GNU extension Function RESULT = TIME()
Return value : The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER(4). See also : Section 8.51 [CTIME], page 86, Section 8.97 [GMTIME], page 114, Section 8.144 [LTIME], page 138, Section 8.151 [MCLOCK], page 142, Section 8.214 [TIME8], page 177
8.214 TIME8 Time function (64-bit)

Description : Returns the current time encoded as an integer (in the manner of the UNIX function time(3)). This value is suitable for passing to CTIME(), GMTIME(), and LTIME(). Warning: this intrinsic does not increase the range of the timing values over that returned by time(3). On a system with a 32-bit time(3), TIME8() will return a 32-bit value, even though it is converted to a 64-bit INTEGER(8) value. That means overows of the 32-bit value can still occur. Therefore, the values returned by this intrinsic might be or become negative or numerically less than previous values during a single run of the compiled program. Standard : Class : Syntax : GNU extension Function RESULT = TIME8()
Return value : The return value is a scalar of type INTEGER(8). See also : Section 8.51 [CTIME], page 86, Section 8.97 [GMTIME], page 114, Section 8.144 [LTIME], page 138, Section 8.152 [MCLOCK8], page 142, Section 8.213 [TIME], page 176
8.215 TINY Smallest positive number of a real kind

Description : TINY(X) returns the smallest positive (non zero) number in the model of the type of X.
178
Fortran 95 and later Inquiry function RESULT = TINY(X) X Shall be of type REAL.
Return value : The return value is of the same type and kind as X Example : See HUGE for an example.
8.216 TRAILZ Number of trailing zero bits of an integer

Description : TRAILZ returns the number of trailing zero bits of an integer. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I Shall be of type INTEGER. Return value : The type of the return value is the default INTEGER. If all the bits of I are zero, the result value is BIT_SIZE(I). Example :
PROGRAM test_trailz WRITE (*,*) TRAILZ(8) END PROGRAM ! prints 3
Fortran 2008 and later Elemental function RESULT = TRAILZ(I)
See also :
Section 8.30 [BIT SIZE], page 73, Section 8.127 [LEADZ], page 129
8.217 TRANSFER Transfer bit patterns

Description : Interprets the bitwise representation of SOURCE in memory as if it is the representation of a variable or array of the same type and type parameters as MOLD. This is approximately equivalent to the C concept of casting one type to another. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : SOURCE MOLD SIZE Shall be a scalar or an array of any type. Shall be a scalar or an array of any type. (Optional) shall be a scalar of type INTEGER. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = TRANSFER(SOURCE, MOLD[, SIZE])
179
Return value : The result has the same type as MOLD, with the bit level representation of SOURCE. If SIZE is present, the result is a one-dimensional array of length SIZE. If SIZE is absent but MOLD is an array (of any size or shape), the result is a one- dimensional array of the minimum length needed to contain the entirety of the bitwise representation of SOURCE. If SIZE is absent and MOLD is a scalar, the result is a scalar. If the bitwise representation of the result is longer than that of SOURCE, then the leading bits of the result correspond to those of SOURCE and any trailing bits are lled arbitrarily. When the resulting bit representation does not correspond to a valid representation of a variable of the same type as MOLD, the results are undened, and subsequent operations on the result cannot be guaranteed to produce sensible behavior. For example, it is possible to create LOGICAL variables for which VAR and .NOT.VAR both appear to be true. Example :
PROGRAM test_transfer integer :: x = 2143289344 print *, transfer(x, 1.0) END PROGRAM ! prints "NaN" on i686
8.218 TRANSPOSE Transpose an array of rank two

Description : Transpose an array of rank two. Element (i, j) of the result has the value MATRIX(j, i), for all i, j. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : MATRIX Shall be an array of any type and have a rank of two. Return value : The result has the same type as MATRIX, and has shape (/ m, n /) if MATRIX has shape (/ n, m /). Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = TRANSPOSE(MATRIX)
8.219 TRIM Remove trailing blank characters of a string

Description : Removes trailing blank characters of a string. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING Shall be a scalar of type CHARACTER. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = TRIM(STRING)
180
Return value : A scalar of type CHARACTER which length is that of STRING less the number of trailing blanks. Example :
PROGRAM test_trim CHARACTER(len=10), PARAMETER :: s = "GFORTRAN " WRITE(*,*) LEN(s), LEN(TRIM(s)) ! "10 8", with/without trailing blanks END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.8 [ADJUSTL], page 59, Section 8.9 [ADJUSTR], page 59
8.220 TTYNAM Get the name of a terminal device.

Description : Get the name of a terminal device. For more information, see ttyname(3). This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL TTYNAM(UNIT, NAME) NAME = TTYNAM(UNIT) Arguments : UNIT NAME Example :
PROGRAM test_ttynam INTEGER :: unit DO unit = 1, 10 IF (isatty(unit=unit)) write(*,*) ttynam(unit) END DO END PROGRAM
GNU extension Subroutine, function
Shall be a scalar INTEGER. Shall be of type CHARACTER.
See also :
Section 8.119 [ISATTY], page 125
8.221 UBOUND Upper dimension bounds of an array

Description : Returns the upper bounds of an array, or a single upper bound along the DIM dimension. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : ARRAY Shall be an array, of any type. Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Inquiry function RESULT = UBOUND(ARRAY [, DIM [, KIND]])
181
DIM KIND
(Optional) Shall be a scalar INTEGER. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result.
Return value : The return value is of type INTEGER and of kind KIND. If KIND is absent, the return value is of default integer kind. If DIM is absent, the result is an array of the upper bounds of ARRAY. If DIM is present, the result is a scalar corresponding to the upper bound of the array along that dimension. If ARRAY is an expression rather than a whole array or array structure component, or if it has a zero extent along the relevant dimension, the upper bound is taken to be the number of elements along the relevant dimension. See also : Section 8.126 [LBOUND], page 129
8.222 UMASK Set the le creation mask

Description : Sets the le creation mask to MASK. If called as a function, it returns the old value. If called as a subroutine and argument OLD if it is supplied, it is set to the old value. See umask(2). Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : MASK OLD Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER. (Optional) Shall be a scalar of type INTEGER. GNU extension Subroutine, function CALL UMASK(MASK [, OLD]) OLD = UMASK(MASK)
8.223 UNLINK Remove a le from the le system

Description : Unlinks the le PATH. A null character (CHAR(0)) can be used to mark the end of the name in PATH ; otherwise, trailing blanks in the le name are ignored. If the STATUS argument is supplied, it contains 0 on success or a nonzero error code upon return; see unlink(2). This intrinsic is provided in both subroutine and function forms; however, only one form can be used in any given program unit. Standard : Class : Syntax : CALL UNLINK(PATH [, STATUS]) STATUS = UNLINK(PATH) Arguments : PATH STATUS See also : Shall be of default CHARACTER type. (Optional) Shall be of default INTEGER type. GNU extension Subroutine, function
Section 8.132 [LINK], page 132, Section 8.208 [SYMLNK], page 174
182
8.224 UNPACK Unpack an array of rank one into an array

Description : Store the elements of VECTOR in an array of higher rank. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : VECTOR MASK FIELD Shall be an array of any type and rank one. It shall have at least as many elements as MASK has TRUE values. Shall be an array of type LOGICAL. Shall be of the same type as VECTOR and have the same shape as MASK. Fortran 95 and later Transformational function RESULT = UNPACK(VECTOR, MASK, FIELD)
Return value : The resulting array corresponds to FIELD with TRUE elements of MASK replaced by values from VECTOR in array element order. Example :
PROGRAM test_unpack integer :: vector(2) = (/1,1/) logical :: mask(4) = (/ .TRUE., .FALSE., .FALSE., .TRUE. /) integer :: field(2,2) = 0, unity(2,2) ! result: unity matrix unity = unpack(vector, reshape(mask, (/2,2/)), field) END PROGRAM
See also :
Section 8.168 [PACK], page 151, Section 8.203 [SPREAD], page 170
8.225 VERIFY Scan a string for the absence of a set of characters

Description : Veries that all the characters in a SET are present in a STRING. If BACK is either absent or equals FALSE, this function returns the position of the leftmost character of STRING that is not in SET. If BACK equals TRUE, the rightmost position is returned. If all characters of SET are found in STRING, the result is zero. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : STRING SET BACK KIND Shall be of type CHARACTER. Shall be of type CHARACTER. (Optional) shall be of type LOGICAL. (Optional) An INTEGER initialization expression indicating the kind parameter of the result. Fortran 95 and later, with KIND argument Fortran 2003 and later Elemental function RESULT = VERIFY(STRING, SET[, BACK [, KIND]])
183
PROGRAM test_verify WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", WRITE(*,*) VERIFY("FORTRAN", END PROGRAM "AO") "FOO") "C++") "C++", .TRUE.) "FORTRAN") ! ! ! ! ! 1, 3, 1, 7, 0 found found found found found F R F N none
See also :
Section 8.186 [SCAN], page 161, Section 8.111 [INDEX intrinsic], page 121
8.226 XOR Bitwise logical exclusive OR

Description : Bitwise logical exclusive or. This intrinsic routine is provided for backwards compatibility with GNU Fortran 77. For integer arguments, programmers should consider the use of the Section 8.109 [IEOR], page 120 intrinsic and for logical arguments the .NEQV. operator, which are both dened by the Fortran standard. Standard : Class : Syntax : Arguments : I J The type shall be either a scalar INTEGER type or a scalar LOGICAL type. The type shall be the same as the type of I. GNU extension Function RESULT = XOR(I, J)
Return value : The return type is either a scalar INTEGER or a scalar LOGICAL. If the kind type parameters dier, then the smaller kind type is implicitly converted to larger kind, and the return has the larger kind. Example :
PROGRAM test_xor LOGICAL :: T = .TRUE., F = .FALSE. INTEGER :: a, b DATA a / ZF /, b / Z3 / WRITE (*,*) XOR(T, T), XOR(T, F), XOR(F, T), XOR(F, F) WRITE (*,*) XOR(a, b) END PROGRAM
See also :
Fortran 95 elemental function: Section 8.109 [IEOR], page 120
Chapter 9: Intrinsic Modules
185
9 Intrinsic Modules
9.1 ISO_FORTRAN_ENV
Standard : Fortran 2003 and later; INT8, INT16, INT32, INT64, REAL32, REAL64, REAL128 are Fortran 2008 or later
The ISO_FORTRAN_ENV module provides the following scalar default-integer named constants: CHARACTER_STORAGE_SIZE: Size in bits of the character storage unit. ERROR_UNIT: Identies the preconnected unit used for error reporting. FILE_STORAGE_SIZE: Size in bits of the le-storage unit. INPUT_UNIT: Identies the preconnected unit identied by the asterisk (*) in READ statement. INT8, INT16, INT32, INT64 Kind type parameters to specify an INTEGER type with a storage size of 16, 32, and 64 bits. It is negative if a target platform does not support the particular kind. IOSTAT_END: The value assigned to the variable passed to the IOSTAT= specier of an input/output statement if an end-of-le condition occurred. IOSTAT_EOR: The value assigned to the variable passed to the IOSTAT= specier of an input/output statement if an end-of-record condition occurred. NUMERIC_STORAGE_SIZE: The size in bits of the numeric storage unit. OUTPUT_UNIT: Identies the preconnected unit identied by the asterisk (*) in WRITE statement. REAL32, REAL64, REAL128 Kind type parameters to specify a REAL type with a storage size of 32, 64, and 128 bits. It is negative if a target platform does not support the particular kind.
9.2 ISO_C_BINDING
Standard : Fortran 2003 and later, GNU extensions The following intrinsic procedures are provided by the module; their denition can be found in the section Intrinsic Procedures of this manual.
186
C_ASSOCIATED C_F_POINTER C_F_PROCPOINTER C_FUNLOC C_LOC The ISO_C_BINDING module provides the following named constants of type default integer, which can be used as KIND type parameters. In addition to the integer named constants required by the Fortran 2003 standard, GNU Fortran provides as an extension named constants for the 128-bit integer types supported by the C compiler: C_INT128_T, C_INT_LEAST128_T, C_INT_FAST128_T. Fortran Type INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER INTEGER REAL REAL REAL COMPLEX COMPLEX COMPLEX LOGICAL CHARACTER Name C_NULL_CHAR Named constant C_INT C_SHORT C_LONG C_LONG_LONG C_SIGNED_CHAR C_SIZE_T C_INT8_T C_INT16_T C_INT32_T C_INT64_T C_INT128_T C_INT_LEAST8_T C_INT_LEAST16_T C_INT_LEAST32_T C_INT_LEAST64_T C_INT_LEAST128_T C_INT_FAST8_T C_INT_FAST16_T C_INT_FAST32_T C_INT_FAST64_T C_INT_FAST128_T C_INTMAX_T C_INTPTR_T C_FLOAT C_DOUBLE C_LONG_DOUBLE C_FLOAT_COMPLEX C_DOUBLE_COMPLEX C_LONG_DOUBLE_COMPLEX C_BOOL C_CHAR C denition null character C type int short int long int long long int signed char/unsigned char size_t int8_t int16_t int32_t int64_t int128_t int_least8_t int_least16_t int_least32_t int_least64_t int_least128_t int_fast8_t int_fast16_t int_fast32_t int_fast64_t int_fast128_t intmax_t intptr_t float double long double float _Complex double _Complex long double _Complex _Bool char Value \0 Extension
Ext.
Ext.
Ext.
Additionally, the following parameters of type CHARACTER(KIND=C_CHAR) are dened.
Chapter 9: Intrinsic Modules
187
C_ALERT C_BACKSPACE C_FORM_FEED C_NEW_LINE C_CARRIAGE_ RETURN C_HORIZONTAL_ TAB C_VERTICAL_TAB
alert backspace form feed new line carriage return horizontal tab vertical tab
\a \b \f \n \r \t \v
9.3 OpenMP Modules OMP_LIB and OMP_LIB_KINDS

Standard : OpenMP Application Program Interface v3.0 The OpenMP Fortran runtime library routines are provided both in a form of two Fortran 90 modules, named OMP_LIB and OMP_LIB_KINDS, and in a form of a Fortran include le named omp_lib.h. The procedures provided by OMP_LIB can be found in the Section Introduction in GNU OpenMP runtime library manual, the named constants dened in the OMP_LIB_KINDS module are listed below. For details refer to the actual OpenMP Application Program Interface v3.0. OMP_LIB_KINDS provides the following scalar default-integer named constants: omp_integer_kind omp_logical_kind omp_lock_kind omp_nest_lock_kind omp_sched_kind
Contributing
189
Contributing
Free software is only possible if people contribute to eorts to create it. Were always in need of more people helping out with ideas and comments, writing documentation and contributing code. If you want to contribute to GNU Fortran, have a look at the long lists of projects you can take on. Some of these projects are small, some of them are large; some are completely orthogonal to the rest of what is happening on GNU Fortran, but others are mainstream projects in need of enthusiastic hackers. All of these projects are important! Well eventually get around to the things here, but they are also things doable by someone who is willing and able.
Contributors to GNU Fortran

Most of the parser was hand-crafted by Andy Vaught, who is also the initiator of the whole project. Thanks Andy! Most of the interface with GCC was written by Paul Brook. The following individuals have contributed code and/or ideas and signicant help to the GNU Fortran project (in alphabetical order): Janne Blomqvist Steven Bosscher Paul Brook Tobias Burnus Fran cois-Xavier Coudert Bud Davis Jerry DeLisle Erik Edelmann Bernhard Fischer Daniel Franke Richard Guenther Richard Henderson Katherine Holcomb Jakub Jelinek Niels Kristian Bech Jensen Steven Johnson Steven G. Kargl Thomas Koenig Asher Langton H. J. Lu Toon Moene Brooks Moses Andrew Pinski Tim Prince
190
Christopher D. Rickett Richard Sandiford Tobias Schl uter Roger Sayle Paul Thomas Andy Vaught Feng Wang Janus Weil Daniel Kraft
The following people have contributed bug reports, smaller or larger patches, and much needed feedback and encouragement for the GNU Fortran project: Bill Clodius Dominique dHumi` eres Kate Hedstrom Erik Schnetter Joost VandeVondele Many other individuals have helped debug, test and improve the GNU Fortran compiler over the past few years, and we welcome you to do the same! If you already have done so, and you would like to see your name listed in the list above, please contact us.
Projects
Help build the test suite Solicit more code for donation to the test suite: the more extensive the testsuite, the smaller the risk of breaking things in the future! We can keep code private on request. Bug hunting/squishing Find bugs and write more test cases! Test cases are especially very welcome, because it allows us to concentrate on xing bugs instead of isolating them. Going through the bugzilla database at http://gcc.gnu.org/bugzilla/ to reduce testcases posted there and add more information (for example, for which version does the testcase work, for which versions does it fail?) is also very helpful.
Proposed Extensions
Heres a list of proposed extensions for the GNU Fortran compiler, in no particular order. Most of these are necessary to be fully compatible with existing Fortran compilers, but they are not part of the ocial J3 Fortran 95 standard.
Compiler extensions:
User-specied alignment rules for structures. Automatically extend single precision constants to double.
Contributing
191
Compile code that conserves memory by dynamically allocating common and module storage either on stack or heap. Compile ag to generate code for array conformance checking (suggest -CC). User control of symbol names (underscores, etc). Compile setting for maximum size of stack frame size before spilling parts to static or heap. Flag to force local variables into static space. Flag to force local variables onto stack.
Environment Options
Pluggable library modules for random numbers, linear algebra. LA should use BLAS calling conventions. Environment variables controlling actions on arithmetic exceptions like overow, underow, precision lossGenerate NaN, abort, default. action. Set precision for fp units that support it (i387). Variable for setting fp rounding mode. Variable to ll uninitialized variables with a user-dened bit pattern. Environment variable controlling lename that is opened for that unit number. Environment variable to clear/trash memory being freed. Environment variable to control tracing of allocations and frees. Environment variable to display allocated memory at normal program end. Environment variable for lename for * IO-unit. Environment variable for temporary le directory. Environment variable forcing standard output to be line buered (unix).
GNU General Public License
193

Version 3, 29 June 2007 Copyright c 2007 Free Software Foundation, Inc. http://fsf.org/ Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The GNU General Public License is a free, copyleft license for software and other kinds of works. The licenses for most software and other practical works are designed to take away your freedom to share and change the works. By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change all versions of a programto make sure it remains free software for all its users. We, the Free Software Foundation, use the GNU General Public License for most of our software; it applies also to any other work released this way by its authors. You can apply it to your programs, too. When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for them if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs, and that you know you can do these things. To protect your rights, we need to prevent others from denying you these rights or asking you to surrender the rights. Therefore, you have certain responsibilities if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it: responsibilities to respect the freedom of others. For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must pass on to the recipients the same freedoms that you received. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights. Developers that use the GNU GPL protect your rights with two steps: (1) assert copyright on the software, and (2) oer you this License giving you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify it. For the developers and authors protection, the GPL clearly explains that there is no warranty for this free software. For both users and authors sake, the GPL requires that modied versions be marked as changed, so that their problems will not be attributed erroneously to authors of previous versions. Some devices are designed to deny users access to install or run modied versions of the software inside them, although the manufacturer can do so. This is fundamentally incompatible with the aim of protecting users freedom to change the software. The systematic pattern of such abuse occurs in the area of products for individuals to use, which is precisely where it is most unacceptable. Therefore, we have designed this version of the GPL to prohibit the practice for those products. If such problems arise substantially in other domains, we stand ready to extend this provision to those domains in future versions of the GPL, as needed to protect the freedom of users.
194
Finally, every program is threatened constantly by software patents. States should not allow patents to restrict development and use of software on general-purpose computers, but in those that do, we wish to avoid the special danger that patents applied to a free program could make it eectively proprietary. To prevent this, the GPL assures that patents cannot be used to render the program non-free. The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modication follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS

0. Denitions. This License refers to version 3 of the GNU General Public License. Copyright also means copyright-like laws that apply to other kinds of works, such as semiconductor masks. The Program refers to any copyrightable work licensed under this License. Each licensee is addressed as you. Licensees and recipients may be individuals or organizations. To modify a work means to copy from or adapt all or part of the work in a fashion requiring copyright permission, other than the making of an exact copy. The resulting work is called a modied version of the earlier work or a work based on the earlier work. A covered work means either the unmodied Program or a work based on the Program. To propagate a work means to do anything with it that, without permission, would make you directly or secondarily liable for infringement under applicable copyright law, except executing it on a computer or modifying a private copy. Propagation includes copying, distribution (with or without modication), making available to the public, and in some countries other activities as well. To convey a work means any kind of propagation that enables other parties to make or receive copies. Mere interaction with a user through a computer network, with no transfer of a copy, is not conveying. An interactive user interface displays Appropriate Legal Notices to the extent that it includes a convenient and prominently visible feature that (1) displays an appropriate copyright notice, and (2) tells the user that there is no warranty for the work (except to the extent that warranties are provided), that licensees may convey the work under this License, and how to view a copy of this License. If the interface presents a list of user commands or options, such as a menu, a prominent item in the list meets this criterion. 1. Source Code. The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modications to it. Object code means any non-source form of a work. A Standard Interface means an interface that either is an ocial standard dened by a recognized standards body, or, in the case of interfaces specied for a particular programming language, one that is widely used among developers working in that language.
195
The System Libraries of an executable work include anything, other than the work as a whole, that (a) is included in the normal form of packaging a Major Component, but which is not part of that Major Component, and (b) serves only to enable use of the work with that Major Component, or to implement a Standard Interface for which an implementation is available to the public in source code form. A Major Component, in this context, means a major essential component (kernel, window system, and so on) of the specic operating system (if any) on which the executable work runs, or a compiler used to produce the work, or an object code interpreter used to run it. The Corresponding Source for a work in object code form means all the source code needed to generate, install, and (for an executable work) run the object code and to modify the work, including scripts to control those activities. However, it does not include the works System Libraries, or general-purpose tools or generally available free programs which are used unmodied in performing those activities but which are not part of the work. For example, Corresponding Source includes interface denition les associated with source les for the work, and the source code for shared libraries and dynamically linked subprograms that the work is specically designed to require, such as by intimate data communication or control ow between those subprograms and other parts of the work. The Corresponding Source need not include anything that users can regenerate automatically from other parts of the Corresponding Source. The Corresponding Source for a work in source code form is that same work. 2. Basic Permissions. All rights granted under this License are granted for the term of copyright on the Program, and are irrevocable provided the stated conditions are met. This License explicitly arms your unlimited permission to run the unmodied Program. The output from running a covered work is covered by this License only if the output, given its content, constitutes a covered work. This License acknowledges your rights of fair use or other equivalent, as provided by copyright law. You may make, run and propagate covered works that you do not convey, without conditions so long as your license otherwise remains in force. You may convey covered works to others for the sole purpose of having them make modications exclusively for you, or provide you with facilities for running those works, provided that you comply with the terms of this License in conveying all material for which you do not control copyright. Those thus making or running the covered works for you must do so exclusively on your behalf, under your direction and control, on terms that prohibit them from making any copies of your copyrighted material outside their relationship with you. Conveying under any other circumstances is permitted solely under the conditions stated below. Sublicensing is not allowed; section 10 makes it unnecessary. 3. Protecting Users Legal Rights From Anti-Circumvention Law. No covered work shall be deemed part of an eective technological measure under any applicable law fullling obligations under article 11 of the WIPO copyright treaty adopted on 20 December 1996, or similar laws prohibiting or restricting circumvention of such measures.
196
When you convey a covered work, you waive any legal power to forbid circumvention of technological measures to the extent such circumvention is eected by exercising rights under this License with respect to the covered work, and you disclaim any intention to limit operation or modication of the work as a means of enforcing, against the works users, your or third parties legal rights to forbid circumvention of technological measures. 4. Conveying Verbatim Copies. You may convey verbatim copies of the Programs source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice; keep intact all notices stating that this License and any non-permissive terms added in accord with section 7 apply to the code; keep intact all notices of the absence of any warranty; and give all recipients a copy of this License along with the Program. You may charge any price or no price for each copy that you convey, and you may oer support or warranty protection for a fee. 5. Conveying Modied Source Versions. You may convey a work based on the Program, or the modications to produce it from the Program, in the form of source code under the terms of section 4, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a. The work must carry prominent notices stating that you modied it, and giving a relevant date. b. The work must carry prominent notices stating that it is released under this License and any conditions added under section 7. This requirement modies the requirement in section 4 to keep intact all notices. c. You must license the entire work, as a whole, under this License to anyone who comes into possession of a copy. This License will therefore apply, along with any applicable section 7 additional terms, to the whole of the work, and all its parts, regardless of how they are packaged. This License gives no permission to license the work in any other way, but it does not invalidate such permission if you have separately received it. d. If the work has interactive user interfaces, each must display Appropriate Legal Notices; however, if the Program has interactive interfaces that do not display Appropriate Legal Notices, your work need not make them do so. A compilation of a covered work with other separate and independent works, which are not by their nature extensions of the covered work, and which are not combined with it such as to form a larger program, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called an aggregate if the compilation and its resulting copyright are not used to limit the access or legal rights of the compilations users beyond what the individual works permit. Inclusion of a covered work in an aggregate does not cause this License to apply to the other parts of the aggregate. 6. Conveying Non-Source Forms. You may convey a covered work in object code form under the terms of sections 4 and 5, provided that you also convey the machine-readable Corresponding Source under the terms of this License, in one of these ways:
197
a. Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by the Corresponding Source xed on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange. b. Convey the object code in, or embodied in, a physical product (including a physical distribution medium), accompanied by a written oer, valid for at least three years and valid for as long as you oer spare parts or customer support for that product model, to give anyone who possesses the object code either (1) a copy of the Corresponding Source for all the software in the product that is covered by this License, on a durable physical medium customarily used for software interchange, for a price no more than your reasonable cost of physically performing this conveying of source, or (2) access to copy the Corresponding Source from a network server at no charge. c. Convey individual copies of the object code with a copy of the written oer to provide the Corresponding Source. This alternative is allowed only occasionally and noncommercially, and only if you received the object code with such an oer, in accord with subsection 6b. d. Convey the object code by oering access from a designated place (gratis or for a charge), and oer equivalent access to the Corresponding Source in the same way through the same place at no further charge. You need not require recipients to copy the Corresponding Source along with the object code. If the place to copy the object code is a network server, the Corresponding Source may be on a dierent server (operated by you or a third party) that supports equivalent copying facilities, provided you maintain clear directions next to the object code saying where to nd the Corresponding Source. Regardless of what server hosts the Corresponding Source, you remain obligated to ensure that it is available for as long as needed to satisfy these requirements. e. Convey the object code using peer-to-peer transmission, provided you inform other peers where the object code and Corresponding Source of the work are being oered to the general public at no charge under subsection 6d. A separable portion of the object code, whose source code is excluded from the Corresponding Source as a System Library, need not be included in conveying the object code work. A User Product is either (1) a consumer product, which means any tangible personal property which is normally used for personal, family, or household purposes, or (2) anything designed or sold for incorporation into a dwelling. In determining whether a product is a consumer product, doubtful cases shall be resolved in favor of coverage. For a particular product received by a particular user, normally used refers to a typical or common use of that class of product, regardless of the status of the particular user or of the way in which the particular user actually uses, or expects or is expected to use, the product. A product is a consumer product regardless of whether the product has substantial commercial, industrial or non-consumer uses, unless such uses represent the only signicant mode of use of the product. Installation Information for a User Product means any methods, procedures, authorization keys, or other information required to install and execute modied versions of a covered work in that User Product from a modied version of its Corresponding Source.
198
The information must suce to ensure that the continued functioning of the modied object code is in no case prevented or interfered with solely because modication has been made. If you convey an object code work under this section in, or with, or specically for use in, a User Product, and the conveying occurs as part of a transaction in which the right of possession and use of the User Product is transferred to the recipient in perpetuity or for a xed term (regardless of how the transaction is characterized), the Corresponding Source conveyed under this section must be accompanied by the Installation Information. But this requirement does not apply if neither you nor any third party retains the ability to install modied object code on the User Product (for example, the work has been installed in ROM). The requirement to provide Installation Information does not include a requirement to continue to provide support service, warranty, or updates for a work that has been modied or installed by the recipient, or for the User Product in which it has been modied or installed. Access to a network may be denied when the modication itself materially and adversely aects the operation of the network or violates the rules and protocols for communication across the network. Corresponding Source conveyed, and Installation Information provided, in accord with this section must be in a format that is publicly documented (and with an implementation available to the public in source code form), and must require no special password or key for unpacking, reading or copying. 7. Additional Terms. Additional permissions are terms that supplement the terms of this License by making exceptions from one or more of its conditions. Additional permissions that are applicable to the entire Program shall be treated as though they were included in this License, to the extent that they are valid under applicable law. If additional permissions apply only to part of the Program, that part may be used separately under those permissions, but the entire Program remains governed by this License without regard to the additional permissions. When you convey a copy of a covered work, you may at your option remove any additional permissions from that copy, or from any part of it. (Additional permissions may be written to require their own removal in certain cases when you modify the work.) You may place additional permissions on material, added by you to a covered work, for which you have or can give appropriate copyright permission. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, for material you add to a covered work, you may (if authorized by the copyright holders of that material) supplement the terms of this License with terms: a. Disclaiming warranty or limiting liability dierently from the terms of sections 15 and 16 of this License; or b. Requiring preservation of specied reasonable legal notices or author attributions in that material or in the Appropriate Legal Notices displayed by works containing it; or c. Prohibiting misrepresentation of the origin of that material, or requiring that modied versions of such material be marked in reasonable ways as dierent from the original version; or
199
d. Limiting the use for publicity purposes of names of licensors or authors of the material; or e. Declining to grant rights under trademark law for use of some trade names, trademarks, or service marks; or f. Requiring indemnication of licensors and authors of that material by anyone who conveys the material (or modied versions of it) with contractual assumptions of liability to the recipient, for any liability that these contractual assumptions directly impose on those licensors and authors. All other non-permissive additional terms are considered further restrictions within the meaning of section 10. If the Program as you received it, or any part of it, contains a notice stating that it is governed by this License along with a term that is a further restriction, you may remove that term. If a license document contains a further restriction but permits relicensing or conveying under this License, you may add to a covered work material governed by the terms of that license document, provided that the further restriction does not survive such relicensing or conveying. If you add terms to a covered work in accord with this section, you must place, in the relevant source les, a statement of the additional terms that apply to those les, or a notice indicating where to nd the applicable terms. Additional terms, permissive or non-permissive, may be stated in the form of a separately written license, or stated as exceptions; the above requirements apply either way. 8. Termination. You may not propagate or modify a covered work except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to propagate or modify it is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License (including any patent licenses granted under the third paragraph of section 11). However, if you cease all violation of this License, then your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated (a) provisionally, unless and until the copyright holder explicitly and nally terminates your license, and (b) permanently, if the copyright holder fails to notify you of the violation by some reasonable means prior to 60 days after the cessation. Moreover, your license from a particular copyright holder is reinstated permanently if the copyright holder noties you of the violation by some reasonable means, this is the rst time you have received notice of violation of this License (for any work) from that copyright holder, and you cure the violation prior to 30 days after your receipt of the notice. Termination of your rights under this section does not terminate the licenses of parties who have received copies or rights from you under this License. If your rights have been terminated and not permanently reinstated, you do not qualify to receive new licenses for the same material under section 10. 9. Acceptance Not Required for Having Copies. You are not required to accept this License in order to receive or run a copy of the Program. Ancillary propagation of a covered work occurring solely as a consequence of using peer-to-peer transmission to receive a copy likewise does not require acceptance.
200
However, nothing other than this License grants you permission to propagate or modify any covered work. These actions infringe copyright if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or propagating a covered work, you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so. 10. Automatic Licensing of Downstream Recipients. Each time you convey a covered work, the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensors, to run, modify and propagate that work, subject to this License. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties with this License. An entity transaction is a transaction transferring control of an organization, or substantially all assets of one, or subdividing an organization, or merging organizations. If propagation of a covered work results from an entity transaction, each party to that transaction who receives a copy of the work also receives whatever licenses to the work the partys predecessor in interest had or could give under the previous paragraph, plus a right to possession of the Corresponding Source of the work from the predecessor in interest, if the predecessor has it or can get it with reasonable eorts. You may not impose any further restrictions on the exercise of the rights granted or armed under this License. For example, you may not impose a license fee, royalty, or other charge for exercise of rights granted under this License, and you may not initiate litigation (including a cross-claim or counterclaim in a lawsuit) alleging that any patent claim is infringed by making, using, selling, oering for sale, or importing the Program or any portion of it. 11. Patents. A contributor is a copyright holder who authorizes use under this License of the Program or a work on which the Program is based. The work thus licensed is called the contributors contributor version. A contributors essential patent claims are all patent claims owned or controlled by the contributor, whether already acquired or hereafter acquired, that would be infringed by some manner, permitted by this License, of making, using, or selling its contributor version, but do not include claims that would be infringed only as a consequence of further modication of the contributor version. For purposes of this denition, control includes the right to grant patent sublicenses in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License. Each contributor grants you a non-exclusive, worldwide, royalty-free patent license under the contributors essential patent claims, to make, use, sell, oer for sale, import and otherwise run, modify and propagate the contents of its contributor version. In the following three paragraphs, a patent license is any express agreement or commitment, however denominated, not to enforce a patent (such as an express permission to practice a patent or covenant not to sue for patent infringement). To grant such a patent license to a party means to make such an agreement or commitment not to enforce a patent against the party. If you convey a covered work, knowingly relying on a patent license, and the Corresponding Source of the work is not available for anyone to copy, free of charge and under the terms of this License, through a publicly available network server or other readily accessible means, then you must either (1) cause the Corresponding Source to be so
201
available, or (2) arrange to deprive yourself of the benet of the patent license for this particular work, or (3) arrange, in a manner consistent with the requirements of this License, to extend the patent license to downstream recipients. Knowingly relying means you have actual knowledge that, but for the patent license, your conveying the covered work in a country, or your recipients use of the covered work in a country, would infringe one or more identiable patents in that country that you have reason to believe are valid. If, pursuant to or in connection with a single transaction or arrangement, you convey, or propagate by procuring conveyance of, a covered work, and grant a patent license to some of the parties receiving the covered work authorizing them to use, propagate, modify or convey a specic copy of the covered work, then the patent license you grant is automatically extended to all recipients of the covered work and works based on it. A patent license is discriminatory if it does not include within the scope of its coverage, prohibits the exercise of, or is conditioned on the non-exercise of one or more of the rights that are specically granted under this License. You may not convey a covered work if you are a party to an arrangement with a third party that is in the business of distributing software, under which you make payment to the third party based on the extent of your activity of conveying the work, and under which the third party grants, to any of the parties who would receive the covered work from you, a discriminatory patent license (a) in connection with copies of the covered work conveyed by you (or copies made from those copies), or (b) primarily for and in connection with specic products or compilations that contain the covered work, unless you entered into that arrangement, or that patent license was granted, prior to 28 March 2007. Nothing in this License shall be construed as excluding or limiting any implied license or other defenses to infringement that may otherwise be available to you under applicable patent law. 12. No Surrender of Others Freedom. If conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot convey a covered work so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not convey it at all. For example, if you agree to terms that obligate you to collect a royalty for further conveying from those to whom you convey the Program, the only way you could satisfy both those terms and this License would be to refrain entirely from conveying the Program. 13. Use with the GNU Aero General Public License. Notwithstanding any other provision of this License, you have permission to link or combine any covered work with a work licensed under version 3 of the GNU Aero General Public License into a single combined work, and to convey the resulting work. The terms of this License will continue to apply to the part which is the covered work, but the special requirements of the GNU Aero General Public License, section 13, concerning interaction through a network will apply to the combination as such. 14. Revised Versions of this License.
202
The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the GNU General Public License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may dier in detail to address new problems or concerns. Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program species that a certain numbered version of the GNU General Public License or any later version applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that numbered version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of the GNU General Public License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program species that a proxy can decide which future versions of the GNU General Public License can be used, that proxys public statement of acceptance of a version permanently authorizes you to choose that version for the Program. Later license versions may give you additional or dierent permissions. However, no additional obligations are imposed on any author or copyright holder as a result of your choosing to follow a later version. 15. Disclaimer of Warranty. THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE PROGRAM AS IS WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE, YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION. 16. Limitation of Liability. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MODIFIES AND/OR CONVEYS THE PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. 17. Interpretation of Sections 15 and 16. If the disclaimer of warranty and limitation of liability provided above cannot be given local legal eect according to their terms, reviewing courts shall apply local law that most closely approximates an absolute waiver of all civil liability in connection with the Program, unless a warranty or assumption of liability accompanies a copy of the Program in return for a fee.
203
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS How to Apply These Terms to Your New Programs
If you develop a new program, and you want it to be of the greatest possible use to the public, the best way to achieve this is to make it free software which everyone can redistribute and change under these terms. To do so, attach the following notices to the program. It is safest to attach them to the start of each source le to most eectively state the exclusion of warranty; and each le should have at least the copyright line and a pointer to where the full notice is found.
one line to give the programs name and a brief idea of what it does. Copyright (C) year name of author This program is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or (at your option) any later version. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with this program. If not, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/.
Also add information on how to contact you by electronic and paper mail. If the program does terminal interaction, make it output a short notice like this when it starts in an interactive mode:
program Copyright (C) year name of author This program comes with ABSOLUTELY NO WARRANTY; for details type show w. This is free software, and you are welcome to redistribute it under certain conditions; type show c for details.
The hypothetical commands show w and show c should show the appropriate parts of the General Public License. Of course, your programs commands might be dierent; for a GUI interface, you would use an about box. You should also get your employer (if you work as a programmer) or school, if any, to sign a copyright disclaimer for the program, if necessary. For more information on this, and how to apply and follow the GNU GPL, see http://www.gnu.org/licenses/. The GNU General Public License does not permit incorporating your program into proprietary programs. If your program is a subroutine library, you may consider it more useful to permit linking proprietary applications with the library. If this is what you want to do, use the GNU Lesser General Public License instead of this License. But rst, please read http://www.gnu.org/philosophy/why-not-lgpl.html.
GNU Free Documentation License
205

Version 1.2, November 2002 c Copyright 2000,2001,2002 Free Software Foundation, Inc. 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed. 0. PREAMBLE The purpose of this License is to make a manual, textbook, or other functional and useful document free in the sense of freedom: to assure everyone the eective freedom to copy and redistribute it, with or without modifying it, either commercially or noncommercially. Secondarily, this License preserves for the author and publisher a way to get credit for their work, while not being considered responsible for modications made by others. This License is a kind of copyleft, which means that derivative works of the document must themselves be free in the same sense. It complements the GNU General Public License, which is a copyleft license designed for free software. We have designed this License in order to use it for manuals for free software, because free software needs free documentation: a free program should come with manuals providing the same freedoms that the software does. But this License is not limited to software manuals; it can be used for any textual work, regardless of subject matter or whether it is published as a printed book. We recommend this License principally for works whose purpose is instruction or reference. 1. APPLICABILITY AND DEFINITIONS This License applies to any manual or other work, in any medium, that contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it can be distributed under the terms of this License. Such a notice grants a world-wide, royalty-free license, unlimited in duration, to use that work under the conditions stated herein. The Document, below, refers to any such manual or work. Any member of the public is a licensee, and is addressed as you. You accept the license if you copy, modify or distribute the work in a way requiring permission under copyright law. A Modied Version of the Document means any work containing the Document or a portion of it, either copied verbatim, or with modications and/or translated into another language. A Secondary Section is a named appendix or a front-matter section of the Document that deals exclusively with the relationship of the publishers or authors of the Document to the Documents overall subject (or to related matters) and contains nothing that could fall directly within that overall subject. (Thus, if the Document is in part a textbook of mathematics, a Secondary Section may not explain any mathematics.) The relationship could be a matter of historical connection with the subject or with related matters, or of legal, commercial, philosophical, ethical or political position regarding them. The Invariant Sections are certain Secondary Sections whose titles are designated, as being those of Invariant Sections, in the notice that says that the Document is released
206
under this License. If a section does not t the above denition of Secondary then it is not allowed to be designated as Invariant. The Document may contain zero Invariant Sections. If the Document does not identify any Invariant Sections then there are none. The Cover Texts are certain short passages of text that are listed, as Front-Cover Texts or Back-Cover Texts, in the notice that says that the Document is released under this License. A Front-Cover Text may be at most 5 words, and a Back-Cover Text may be at most 25 words. A Transparent copy of the Document means a machine-readable copy, represented in a format whose specication is available to the general public, that is suitable for revising the document straightforwardly with generic text editors or (for images composed of pixels) generic paint programs or (for drawings) some widely available drawing editor, and that is suitable for input to text formatters or for automatic translation to a variety of formats suitable for input to text formatters. A copy made in an otherwise Transparent le format whose markup, or absence of markup, has been arranged to thwart or discourage subsequent modication by readers is not Transparent. An image format is not Transparent if used for any substantial amount of text. A copy that is not Transparent is called Opaque. Examples of suitable formats for Transparent copies include plain ascii without markup, Texinfo input format, LaTEX input format, SGML or XML using a publicly available DTD, and standard-conforming simple HTML, PostScript or PDF designed for human modication. Examples of transparent image formats include PNG, XCF and JPG. Opaque formats include proprietary formats that can be read and edited only by proprietary word processors, SGML or XML for which the DTD and/or processing tools are not generally available, and the machine-generated HTML, PostScript or PDF produced by some word processors for output purposes only. The Title Page means, for a printed book, the title page itself, plus such following pages as are needed to hold, legibly, the material this License requires to appear in the title page. For works in formats which do not have any title page as such, Title Page means the text near the most prominent appearance of the works title, preceding the beginning of the body of the text. A section Entitled XYZ means a named subunit of the Document whose title either is precisely XYZ or contains XYZ in parentheses following text that translates XYZ in another language. (Here XYZ stands for a specic section name mentioned below, such as Acknowledgements, Dedications, Endorsements, or History.) To Preserve the Title of such a section when you modify the Document means that it remains a section Entitled XYZ according to this denition. The Document may include Warranty Disclaimers next to the notice which states that this License applies to the Document. These Warranty Disclaimers are considered to be included by reference in this License, but only as regards disclaiming warranties: any other implication that these Warranty Disclaimers may have is void and has no eect on the meaning of this License. 2. VERBATIM COPYING You may copy and distribute the Document in any medium, either commercially or noncommercially, provided that this License, the copyright notices, and the license notice saying this License applies to the Document are reproduced in all copies, and
207
that you add no other conditions whatsoever to those of this License. You may not use technical measures to obstruct or control the reading or further copying of the copies you make or distribute. However, you may accept compensation in exchange for copies. If you distribute a large enough number of copies you must also follow the conditions in section 3. You may also lend copies, under the same conditions stated above, and you may publicly display copies. 3. COPYING IN QUANTITY If you publish printed copies (or copies in media that commonly have printed covers) of the Document, numbering more than 100, and the Documents license notice requires Cover Texts, you must enclose the copies in covers that carry, clearly and legibly, all these Cover Texts: Front-Cover Texts on the front cover, and Back-Cover Texts on the back cover. Both covers must also clearly and legibly identify you as the publisher of these copies. The front cover must present the full title with all words of the title equally prominent and visible. You may add other material on the covers in addition. Copying with changes limited to the covers, as long as they preserve the title of the Document and satisfy these conditions, can be treated as verbatim copying in other respects. If the required texts for either cover are too voluminous to t legibly, you should put the rst ones listed (as many as t reasonably) on the actual cover, and continue the rest onto adjacent pages. If you publish or distribute Opaque copies of the Document numbering more than 100, you must either include a machine-readable Transparent copy along with each Opaque copy, or state in or with each Opaque copy a computer-network location from which the general network-using public has access to download using public-standard network protocols a complete Transparent copy of the Document, free of added material. If you use the latter option, you must take reasonably prudent steps, when you begin distribution of Opaque copies in quantity, to ensure that this Transparent copy will remain thus accessible at the stated location until at least one year after the last time you distribute an Opaque copy (directly or through your agents or retailers) of that edition to the public. It is requested, but not required, that you contact the authors of the Document well before redistributing any large number of copies, to give them a chance to provide you with an updated version of the Document. 4. MODIFICATIONS You may copy and distribute a Modied Version of the Document under the conditions of sections 2 and 3 above, provided that you release the Modied Version under precisely this License, with the Modied Version lling the role of the Document, thus licensing distribution and modication of the Modied Version to whoever possesses a copy of it. In addition, you must do these things in the Modied Version: A. Use in the Title Page (and on the covers, if any) a title distinct from that of the Document, and from those of previous versions (which should, if there were any, be listed in the History section of the Document). You may use the same title as a previous version if the original publisher of that version gives permission.
208
B. List on the Title Page, as authors, one or more persons or entities responsible for authorship of the modications in the Modied Version, together with at least ve of the principal authors of the Document (all of its principal authors, if it has fewer than ve), unless they release you from this requirement. C. State on the Title page the name of the publisher of the Modied Version, as the publisher. D. Preserve all the copyright notices of the Document. E. Add an appropriate copyright notice for your modications adjacent to the other copyright notices. F. Include, immediately after the copyright notices, a license notice giving the public permission to use the Modied Version under the terms of this License, in the form shown in the Addendum below. G. Preserve in that license notice the full lists of Invariant Sections and required Cover Texts given in the Documents license notice. H. Include an unaltered copy of this License. I. Preserve the section Entitled History, Preserve its Title, and add to it an item stating at least the title, year, new authors, and publisher of the Modied Version as given on the Title Page. If there is no section Entitled History in the Document, create one stating the title, year, authors, and publisher of the Document as given on its Title Page, then add an item describing the Modied Version as stated in the previous sentence. J. Preserve the network location, if any, given in the Document for public access to a Transparent copy of the Document, and likewise the network locations given in the Document for previous versions it was based on. These may be placed in the History section. You may omit a network location for a work that was published at least four years before the Document itself, or if the original publisher of the version it refers to gives permission. K. For any section Entitled Acknowledgements or Dedications, Preserve the Title of the section, and preserve in the section all the substance and tone of each of the contributor acknowledgements and/or dedications given therein. L. Preserve all the Invariant Sections of the Document, unaltered in their text and in their titles. Section numbers or the equivalent are not considered part of the section titles. M. Delete any section Entitled Endorsements. Such a section may not be included in the Modied Version. N. Do not retitle any existing section to be Entitled Endorsements or to conict in title with any Invariant Section. O. Preserve any Warranty Disclaimers. If the Modied Version includes new front-matter sections or appendices that qualify as Secondary Sections and contain no material copied from the Document, you may at your option designate some or all of these sections as invariant. To do this, add their titles to the list of Invariant Sections in the Modied Versions license notice. These titles must be distinct from any other section titles.
209
You may add a section Entitled Endorsements, provided it contains nothing but endorsements of your Modied Version by various partiesfor example, statements of peer review or that the text has been approved by an organization as the authoritative denition of a standard. You may add a passage of up to ve words as a Front-Cover Text, and a passage of up to 25 words as a Back-Cover Text, to the end of the list of Cover Texts in the Modied Version. Only one passage of Front-Cover Text and one of Back-Cover Text may be added by (or through arrangements made by) any one entity. If the Document already includes a cover text for the same cover, previously added by you or by arrangement made by the same entity you are acting on behalf of, you may not add another; but you may replace the old one, on explicit permission from the previous publisher that added the old one. The author(s) and publisher(s) of the Document do not by this License give permission to use their names for publicity for or to assert or imply endorsement of any Modied Version. 5. COMBINING DOCUMENTS You may combine the Document with other documents released under this License, under the terms dened in section 4 above for modied versions, provided that you include in the combination all of the Invariant Sections of all of the original documents, unmodied, and list them all as Invariant Sections of your combined work in its license notice, and that you preserve all their Warranty Disclaimers. The combined work need only contain one copy of this License, and multiple identical Invariant Sections may be replaced with a single copy. If there are multiple Invariant Sections with the same name but dierent contents, make the title of each such section unique by adding at the end of it, in parentheses, the name of the original author or publisher of that section if known, or else a unique number. Make the same adjustment to the section titles in the list of Invariant Sections in the license notice of the combined work. In the combination, you must combine any sections Entitled History in the various original documents, forming one section Entitled History; likewise combine any sections Entitled Acknowledgements, and any sections Entitled Dedications. You must delete all sections Entitled Endorsements. 6. COLLECTIONS OF DOCUMENTS You may make a collection consisting of the Document and other documents released under this License, and replace the individual copies of this License in the various documents with a single copy that is included in the collection, provided that you follow the rules of this License for verbatim copying of each of the documents in all other respects. You may extract a single document from such a collection, and distribute it individually under this License, provided you insert a copy of this License into the extracted document, and follow this License in all other respects regarding verbatim copying of that document. 7. AGGREGATION WITH INDEPENDENT WORKS A compilation of the Document or its derivatives with other separate and independent documents or works, in or on a volume of a storage or distribution medium, is called
210
an aggregate if the copyright resulting from the compilation is not used to limit the legal rights of the compilations users beyond what the individual works permit. When the Document is included in an aggregate, this License does not apply to the other works in the aggregate which are not themselves derivative works of the Document. If the Cover Text requirement of section 3 is applicable to these copies of the Document, then if the Document is less than one half of the entire aggregate, the Documents Cover Texts may be placed on covers that bracket the Document within the aggregate, or the electronic equivalent of covers if the Document is in electronic form. Otherwise they must appear on printed covers that bracket the whole aggregate. 8. TRANSLATION Translation is considered a kind of modication, so you may distribute translations of the Document under the terms of section 4. Replacing Invariant Sections with translations requires special permission from their copyright holders, but you may include translations of some or all Invariant Sections in addition to the original versions of these Invariant Sections. You may include a translation of this License, and all the license notices in the Document, and any Warranty Disclaimers, provided that you also include the original English version of this License and the original versions of those notices and disclaimers. In case of a disagreement between the translation and the original version of this License or a notice or disclaimer, the original version will prevail. If a section in the Document is Entitled Acknowledgements, Dedications, or History, the requirement (section 4) to Preserve its Title (section 1) will typically require changing the actual title. 9. TERMINATION You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Document except as expressly provided for under this License. Any other attempt to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the Document is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance. 10. FUTURE REVISIONS OF THIS LICENSE The Free Software Foundation may publish new, revised versions of the GNU Free Documentation License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may dier in detail to address new problems or concerns. See http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/. Each version of the License is given a distinguishing version number. If the Document species that a particular numbered version of this License or any later version applies to it, you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that specied version or of any later version that has been published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation. If the Document does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published (not as a draft) by the Free Software Foundation.
211
ADDENDUM: How to use this License for your documents

To use this License in a document you have written, include a copy of the License in the document and put the following copyright and license notices just after the title page:
Copyright (C) year your name. Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, no Front-Cover Texts, and no Back-Cover Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled GNU Free Documentation License.
If you have Invariant Sections, Front-Cover Texts and Back-Cover Texts, replace the with...Texts. line with this:
with the Invariant Sections being list their titles, with the Front-Cover Texts being list, and with the Back-Cover Texts being list.
If you have Invariant Sections without Cover Texts, or some other combination of the three, merge those two alternatives to suit the situation. If your document contains nontrivial examples of program code, we recommend releasing these examples in parallel under your choice of free software license, such as the GNU General Public License, to permit their use in free software.
Funding Free Software
213
Funding Free Software

If you want to have more free software a few years from now, it makes sense for you to help encourage people to contribute funds for its development. The most eective approach known is to encourage commercial redistributors to donate. Users of free software systems can boost the pace of development by encouraging for-afee distributors to donate part of their selling price to free software developersthe Free Software Foundation, and others. The way to convince distributors to do this is to demand it and expect it from them. So when you compare distributors, judge them partly by how much they give to free software development. Show distributors they must compete to be the one who gives the most. To make this approach work, you must insist on numbers that you can compare, such as, We will donate ten dollars to the Frobnitz project for each disk sold. Dont be satised with a vague promise, such as A portion of the prots are donated, since it doesnt give a basis for comparison. Even a precise fraction of the prots from this disk is not very meaningful, since creative accounting and unrelated business decisions can greatly alter what fraction of the sales price counts as prot. If the price you pay is $50, ten percent of the prot is probably less than a dollar; it might be a few cents, or nothing at all. Some redistributors do development work themselves. This is useful too; but to keep everyone honest, you need to inquire how much they do, and what kind. Some kinds of development make much more long-term dierence than others. For example, maintaining a separate version of a program contributes very little; maintaining the standard version of a program for the whole community contributes much. Easy new ports contribute little, since someone else would surely do them; dicult ports such as adding a new CPU to the GNU Compiler Collection contribute more; major new features or packages contribute the most. By establishing the idea that supporting further development is the proper thing to do when distributing free software for a fee, we can assure a steady ow of resources into making more free software. Copyright c 1994 Free Software Foundation, Inc. Verbatim copying and redistribution of this section is permitted without royalty; alteration is not permitted.
Option Index
215
Option Index
gfortrans command line options are indexed here without any initial - or --. Where an option has both positive and negative forms (such as -foption and -fno-option), relevant entries in the manual are indexed under the most appropriate form; it may sometimes be useful to look up both forms.
A
A-predicate =answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Apredicate =answer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
B
backslash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
C
C . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 CC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 cpp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
D
dD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Dname =definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . dU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 11 11 11 13 13 11
F
falign-commons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 fall-intrinsics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 fbacktrace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 fblas-matmul-limit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 fbounds-check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 fcheck . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 fcheck-array-temporaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 fconvert=conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 fcray-pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 fd-lines-as-code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 fd-lines-as-comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 fdefault-double-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 fdefault-integer-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 fdefault-real-8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 fdollar-ok . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 fdump-core . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 fdump-parse-tree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 fexternal-blas . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 ff2c . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 ffixed-line-length-n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ffpe-trap=list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ffree-form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
ffree-line-length-n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 fimplicit-none . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 finit-character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 finit-integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 finit-local-zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 finit-logical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 finit-real . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 fintrinsic-modules-path dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 fmax-array-constructor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 fmax-errors=n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 fmax-identifier-length=n . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 fmax-stack-var-size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 fmax-subrecord-length=length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 fmodule-private . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 fno-automatic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 fno-fixed-form . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 fno-protect-parens . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 fno-range-check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 fno-underscoring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 fopenmp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 fpack-derived . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 fpp . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 frange-check . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 frecord-marker=length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 frecursive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 frepack-arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 fsecond-underscore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 fshort-enums . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22, 31 fsign-zero . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 fsyntax-only . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 fwhole-file . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 fworking-directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
H
H . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
I
Idir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . idirafter dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . imultilib dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iprefix prefix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . iquote dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . isysroot dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . isystem dir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 11 11 11 12 11 12
216
J
Jdir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
U
Uname . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 undef . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
M
Mdir . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
W
Waliasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Walign-commons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wampersand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Warray-temporaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wcharacter-truncation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wconversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Werror . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wimplicit-interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wimplicit-procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wintrinsic-shadow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wintrinsics-std . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wline-truncation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wsurprising . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wtabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wunderflow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wunused-parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 16 14 14 15 15 15 16 15 15 16 15 15 15 15 15 16
N
nostdinc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
P
P . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 pedantic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 pedantic-errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
S
static-libgfortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 std=std option . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Keyword Index
217
Keyword Index
$
$............................................... 9 allocation, status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 ALOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 ALOG10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 AMAX0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 AMAX1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 AMIN0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 AMIN1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 AMOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 AND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 ANINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 ANY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64 area hyperbolic cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 area hyperbolic sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 area hyperbolic tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 argument list functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 arguments, to program . . . . . 81, 108, 109, 110, 117 array, add elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 array, apply condition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 64 array, bounds checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 array, change dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 array, combine arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 array, condition testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62, 64 array, conditionally add elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 array, conditionally count elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 array, conditionally multiply elements . . . . . . . . . 153 array, constructors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 array, count elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 array, duplicate dimensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 array, duplicate elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 array, element counting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 array, gather elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 array, increase dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170, 182 array, indices of type real . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 array, location of maximum element . . . . . . . . . . 141 array, location of minimum element . . . . . . . . . . . 144 array, lower bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 array, maximum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 array, merge arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 array, minimum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 array, multiply elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 array, number of elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84, 168 array, packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 array, permutation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 array, product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 array, reduce dimension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 array, rotate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 array, scatter elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 array, shape . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 array, shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 array, shift circularly . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 array, size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 array, sum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 array, transmogrify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 array, transpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
%
%LOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 %REF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42 %VAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
&
& . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
[
[...] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
_gfortran_set_args . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _gfortran_set_convert . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _gfortran_set_fpe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _gfortran_set_max_subrecord_length . . . . . . . . _gfortran_set_options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . _gfortran_set_record_marker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
51 52 53 54 51 53
A
ABORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 ABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 absolute value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 ABSTRACT type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ACCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 ACCESS=STREAM I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ACHAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57 ACOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 ACOSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 adjust string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 ADJUSTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 ADJUSTR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 AIMAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 AINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 ALARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61 ALGAMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 aliasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 alignment of COMMON blocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16, 23 ALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62 all warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 ALLOCATABLE components of derived types . . . . . . 31 ALLOCATABLE dummy arguments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ALLOCATABLE function results . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ALLOCATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ALLOCATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63 allocation, moving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
218
array, unpacking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 array, upper bound . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 ASCII collating sequence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 116 ASIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 ASINH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 ASSOCIATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 association status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 association status, C pointer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 ATAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 ATAN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 ATANH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 Authors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
B
backslash . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 backtrace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 BESJ0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 BESJ1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 BESJN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 Bessel function, rst kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69, 70 Bessel function, second kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71, 72 BESSEL_J0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 BESSEL_J1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 BESSEL_JN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 BESSEL_Y0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 BESSEL_Y1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 BESSEL_YN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 BESY0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 BESY1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 BESYN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 BIT_SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 bits, clear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 bits, extract . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 bits, get . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 bits, move . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148, 178 bits, negate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 bits, number of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 bits, set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 bits, shift . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 bits, shift circular . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 bits, shift left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137 bits, shift right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 bits, testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 bits, unset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 bitwise logical and . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 116 bitwise logical exclusive or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 183 bitwise logical not . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 bitwise logical or . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 151 bounds checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 BOZ literal constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 BTEST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
C
C_ASSOCIATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 C_F_POINTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 C_F_PROCPOINTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75
C_FUNLOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 C_LOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 C_SIZEOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77 CABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 calling convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 CCOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 CDABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 CDCOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 CDEXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 CDLOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 CDSIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 CDSQRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 ceiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 78 CEILING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 CEXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 CHAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 character kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 character set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 CHDIR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 checking array temporaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 checking subscripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 CHMOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 clock ticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 175 CLOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 CMPLX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80 code generation, conventions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 collating sequence, ASCII . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57, 116 command options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 command-line arguments . . . 81, 108, 109, 110, 117 command-line arguments, number of . . . . . . 81, 117 COMMAND_ARGUMENT_COUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 COMPLEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81 complex conjugate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 complex numbers, conversion to . . . . . . . . 80, 81, 88 complex numbers, imaginary part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 complex numbers, real part . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 157 Conditional compilation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 CONJG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 Contributing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 Contributors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 conversion, to character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78 conversion, to complex . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 80, 81, 88 conversion, to integer . . 38, 116, 119, 122, 123, 136 conversion, to logical . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38, 136 conversion, to real . . . . . . . . . . . . 88, 89, 99, 157, 169 conversion, to string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 CONVERT specier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 core, dump . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17, 55 COS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 COSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 cosine, hyperbolic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 cosine, hyperbolic, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 cosine, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 COUNT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 84 CPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2, 10 CPU_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Keyword Index
219
Credits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189 CSHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 CSIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 CSQRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 CTIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 current date . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 98, 120 current time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 98, 127, 176, 177
D
DABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 DACOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 DACOSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 DASIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 DASINH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 DATAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 DATAN2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 DATANH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 date, current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 98, 120 DATE_AND_TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87 DBESJ0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 DBESJ1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 DBESJN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70 DBESY0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71 DBESY1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 DBESYN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72 DBLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 DCMPLX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88 DCONJG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82 DCOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 DCOSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 DDIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 debugging information options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 debugging, preprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 DECODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 DEFERRED procedure binding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 delayed execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61, 169 derived-type extension . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 DEXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 DFLOAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 DGAMMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 dialect options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DIGITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 89 DIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 DIMAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 DINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 directive, INCLUDE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 directory, options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 directory, search paths for inclusion . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 division, modulo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 division, remainder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 DLGAMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 DLOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 DLOG10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 DMAX1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 DMIN1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 DMOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 DNINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
dot product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 DOT_PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 DPROD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 DREAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92 DSIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 DSIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 DSINH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 DSQRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 DTAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 DTANH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 DTIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92
E
elapsed time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 92, 162 ENCODE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 ENUM statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ENUMERATOR statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 environment variable . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23, 25, 111, 112 EOSHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 93 EPSILON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 ERF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 ERFC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 ERFC_SCALED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 error function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 error function, complementary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 95 error function, complementary, exponentially-scaled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 errors, limiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 escape characters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 ETIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 96 Euclidean distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 EXIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 EXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 EXPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 exponential function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 exponential function, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135 expression size . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 168 EXTENDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 extensions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 extensions, implemented . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 extensions, not implemented . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
F
f2c calling convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 20 Factorial function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 FDATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 FDL, GNU Free Documentation License . . . . . . 205 FGET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 FGETC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 le format, xed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 9 le format, free . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8, 9 le operation, le number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 le operation, ush . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 le operation, position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 107 le operation, read character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 le operation, seek . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105
220
le operation, write character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 le system, access mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 le system, change access mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79 le system, create link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132, 174 le system, le creation mask . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 le system, le status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106, 137, 172 le system, hard link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 le system, remove le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 le system, rename le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 le system, soft link . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 FLOAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 99 oating point, exponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 oating point, fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 oating point, nearest dierent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 oating point, relative spacing . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 170 oating point, scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 oating point, set exponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 oor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 101 FLOOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 101 FLUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 FLUSH statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 FNUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 102 FORMAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Fortran 77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 FPP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 FPUT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 FPUTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 FRACTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 FREE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 FSEEK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105 FSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106 FTELL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
H
Hollerith constants . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 HOSTNM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 HUGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 hyperbolic cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 hyperbolic function, cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 hyperbolic function, cosine, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 hyperbolic function, sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 hyperbolic function, sine, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 hyperbolic function, tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 hyperbolic function, tangent, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . 69 hyperbolic sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 hyperbolic tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 HYPOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
I
I/O item lists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 IABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 IACHAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 IAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116 IARGC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117 IBCLR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 IBITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 IBSET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118 ICHAR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 119 IDATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 IDIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 IDINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 IDNINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 IEEE, ISNAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 IEOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120 IERRNO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 IFIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 IMAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 IMAGPART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 IMPORT statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 INCLUDE directive . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 inclusion, directory search paths for . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 INDEX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 INT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 INT2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 INT8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 integer kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 Interoperability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 intrinsic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 intrinsic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185 intrinsic procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 inverse hyperbolic cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 inverse hyperbolic sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 inverse hyperbolic tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 IOMSG= specier . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 IOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123 IOSTAT, end of le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 IOSTAT, end of record . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 IRAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 IS_IOSTAT_END . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124 IS_IOSTAT_EOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
G
g77 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 g77 calling convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 20 GAMMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Gamma function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107 Gamma function, logarithm of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 GCC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 GET_COMMAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109 GET_COMMAND_ARGUMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110 GET_ENVIRONMENT_VARIABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 GETARG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108 GETCWD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 GETENV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111 GETGID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 GETLOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 GETPID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 GETUID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 GMTIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 GNU Compiler Collection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 GNU Fortran command options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Keyword Index
221
ISATTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125 ISHFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 ISHFTC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126 ISIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 ISNAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127 ISO C Bindings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ISO_FORTRAN_ENV statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 ITIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
login name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LONG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LSHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LSTAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LTIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
113 136 137 137 138
M
MALLOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 MATMUL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 matrix multiplication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 matrix, transpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 MAX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 MAX0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 MAX1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 MAXEXPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140 maximum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 140, 141 MAXLOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 MAXVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141 MCLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 MCLOCK8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142 memory checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 MERGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 messages, error . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 messages, warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 MIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 MIN0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 MIN1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143 MINEXPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 minimum value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143, 145 MINLOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144 MINVAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145 Mixed-language programming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47 MOD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 model representation, base . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 model representation, epsilon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 94 model representation, largest number . . . . . . . . . 115 model representation, maximum exponent . . . . 140 model representation, minimum exponent . . . . . 144 model representation, precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 model representation, radix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 model representation, range . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 model representation, signicant digits . . . . . . . . . 89 model representation, smallest number . . . . . . . . 177 module entities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 module search path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 modulo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 MODULO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 MOVE_ALLOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 moving allocation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147 multiply array elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 MVBITS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148
K
KILL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33, 128 KIND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128 kind, character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 kind, integer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 kind, old-style . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 kind, real . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
L
language, dialect options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 LBOUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 LEADZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129 LEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 LEN_TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 lexical comparison of strings . . . . 130, 131, 132, 133 LGAMMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 LGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 LGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131 libf2c calling convention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18, 20 libgfortran initialization, set args . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 51 libgfortran initialization, set convert . . . . . . . . . . . 52 libgfortran initialization, set fpe . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 libgfortran initialization, set max subrecord length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54 libgfortran initialization, set options . . . . . . . . . . . 51 libgfortran initialization, set record marker . . . . 53 limits, largest number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 limits, smallest number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 LINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 linking, static . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 LLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 132 LLT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 LNBLNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 LOC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 location of a variable in memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 LOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 LOG_GAMMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 LOG10 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135 logarithmic function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134, 135 logarithmic function, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 LOGICAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136 logical and, bitwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63, 116 logical exclusive or, bitwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 120, 183 logical not, bitwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 logical or, bitwise . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123, 151 logical, variable representation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
N
Namelist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 NEAREST . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 NEW_LINE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
222
newline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NINT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . NULL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
149 149 150 150
O
OpenMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10, 41 operators, unary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 options, code generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 options, debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 options, dialect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 options, directory search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 options, errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 options, fortran dialect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 options, gfortran command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 options, linking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 options, negative forms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 options, preprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 options, run-time . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 options, runtime . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 options, warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 OR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 output, newline . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149
PRODUCT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 product, double-precision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91 product, matrix . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139 product, vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 program termination . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 program termination, with core dump . . . . . . . . . . 55 PROTECTED statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
R
RADIX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154 RAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 RAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 random number generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 124, 155 random number generation, seeding . . . . . . 156, 171 RANDOM_NUMBER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 155 RANDOM_SEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156 RANGE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 range checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 re-association of parenthesed expressions . . . . . . . 23 read character, stream mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 REAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 real kind . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 real number, exponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 98 real number, fraction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104 real number, nearest dierent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 148 real number, relative spacing . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160, 170 real number, scale . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 real number, set exponent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 REALPART . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157 RECORD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 remainder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146 RENAME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 158 repacking arrays . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 REPEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 RESHAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 rounding, ceiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64, 78 rounding, oor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60, 101 rounding, nearest whole number . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 149 RRSPACING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 RSHIFT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 run-time checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20
P
PACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151 paths, search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 PERROR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 pointer checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 pointer, C address of pointers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 pointer, C address of procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 pointer, C association status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74 pointer, convert C to Fortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 76 pointer, cray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 105, 138 pointer, Cray . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 pointer, disassociated . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150 pointer, status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66, 150 positive dierence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 PRECISION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 152 Preprocessing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 preprocessing, assertation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 preprocessing, dene macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 preprocessing, include path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11, 12 preprocessing, keep comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 preprocessing, no linemarkers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 preprocessing, undene macros . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 preprocessor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 preprocessor, debugging . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 preprocessor, disable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 preprocessor, enable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 preprocessor, include le handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 preprocessor, working directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 PRESENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153 private . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 procedure pointer, convert C to Fortran . . . . . . . . 76 process id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
S
SAVE statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 SCALE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160 SCAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 search path . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 search paths, for included les . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 SECNDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 SECOND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162 seeding a random number generator . . . . . . 156, 171 SELECTED_CHAR_KIND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 SELECTED_INT_KIND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 163 SELECTED_REAL_KIND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164 SET_EXPONENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
Keyword Index
223
SHAPE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 SHORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122 SIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 sign copying . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 165 SIGNAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 SIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 sine, hyperbolic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 sine, hyperbolic, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66 sine, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 SINH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 SIZE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 size of a variable, in bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73 size of an expression . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 77, 168 SIZEOF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168 SLEEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 SNGL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169 SPACING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 SPREAD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170 SQRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 square-root . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 SRAND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171 Standards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 STAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172 statement, ENUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 statement, ENUMERATOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 statement, FLUSH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 statement, IMPORT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 statement, ISO_FORTRAN_ENV . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 statement, PROTECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 statement, SAVE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 statement, USE, INTRINSIC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 statement, VALUE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 statement, VOLATILE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 STREAM I/O . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 stream mode, read character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 stream mode, write character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103 string, adjust left . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 string, adjust right . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59 string, comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130, 131, 132, 133 string, concatenate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 string, nd missing set . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 string, nd non-blank character . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 133 string, nd subset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161 string, nd substring . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 string, length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130 string, length, without trailing whitespace . . . . . 130 string, remove trailing whitespace . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 string, repeat . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 159 strings, varying length . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 STRUCTURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 structure packing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 subscript checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 substring position . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 121 SUM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 sum array elements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173 suppressing warnings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 symbol names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
symbol names, transforming . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 20 symbol names, underscores . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 20 SYMLNK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 syntax checking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 SYSTEM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 system, error handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108, 121, 152 system, group id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112 system, host name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115 system, login name . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 system, process id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 system, signal handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166 system, system call . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 174 system, terminal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125, 180 system, user id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113 system, working directory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 79, 111 SYSTEM_CLOCK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
T
tabulators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 TAN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 tangent, hyperbolic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 tangent, hyperbolic, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69 tangent, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68 TANH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 terminate program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 terminate program, with core dump . . . . . . . . . . . . 55 TIME . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176 time, clock ticks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142, 175 time, conversion to GMT info . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 114 time, conversion to local time info . . . . . . . . . . . . 138 time, conversion to string . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86 time, current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 87, 98, 127, 176, 177 time, elapsed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85, 92, 96, 162 TIME8 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 TINY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177 TR 15581 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 trace . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 TRAILZ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 TRANSFER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 transforming symbol names . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 20 transpose . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 TRANSPOSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 trigonometric function, cosine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 trigonometric function, cosine, inverse . . . . . . . . . . 58 trigonometric function, sine . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 trigonometric function, sine, inverse . . . . . . . . . . . . 65 trigonometric function, tangent . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175 trigonometric function, tangent, inverse . . . . . . . . 68 TRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179 TTYNAM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 type cast . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178 type-bound operator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 type-bound procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
224
U
UBOUND . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180 UMASK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 underow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 underscore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19, 20 UNLINK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181 UNPACK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 unused parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 USE, INTRINSIC statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 user id . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
V
VALUE statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Varying length character strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Varying length strings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 vector product . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 VERIFY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182 VOLATILE statement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
warnings, conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 warnings, implicit interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 warnings, implicit procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 warnings, intrinsic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 warnings, intrinsics of other standards . . . . . . . . . 15 warnings, line truncation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 warnings, non-standard intrinsics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 warnings, suppressing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 warnings, suspicious code . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 warnings, tabs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 warnings, to errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 warnings, underow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 warnings, unused parameter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 write character, stream mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 103
X
XOR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 183
W
warnings, warnings, warnings, warnings, warnings, warnings, aliasing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . alignment of COMMON blocks . . . . . . all . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ampersand . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . array temporaries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . character truncation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 16 14 14 15 15
Z
ZABS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56 ZCOS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83 zero bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129, 178 ZEXP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 97 ZLOG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134 ZSIN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167 ZSQRT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171

Gfortran-4 5 2

Uploaded by

Document Informationclick to expand document information

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gfortran-4 5 2

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Gfortran-4 5 2

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Using GNU Fortran

For gcc version 4.5.2 (GCC)

The gfortran team

Part I: Invoking GNU Fortran . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 2 GNU Fortran Command Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7

Runtime: Inuencing runtime behavior with environment variables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25

The GNU Fortran Compiler 3.14 GFORTRAN_ERROR_BACKTRACEShow backtrace on run-time errors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27

Part II: Language Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 4 Fortran 2003 and 2008 Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31

vi 8.29 8.30 8.31 8.32 8.33 8.34

Intrinsic Modules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185

1.1 About GNU Fortran

The GNU Fortran Compiler

1.2 GNU Fortran and GCC

1.3 Preprocessing and conditional compilation

1.4 GNU Fortran and G77

1.5 Project Status

The GNU Fortran Compiler

1.6.1 Varying Length Character Strings

Part I: Invoking GNU Fortran

Chapter 2: GNU Fortran Command Options

2 GNU Fortran Command Options

2.1 Option summary

The GNU Fortran Compiler

-Idir -Jdir -fintrinsic-modules-path dir

2.2 Options controlling Fortran dialect

Chapter 2: GNU Fortran Command Options

The GNU Fortran Compiler

2.3 Enable and customize preprocessing

Chapter 2: GNU Fortran Command Options

The GNU Fortran Compiler

Chapter 2: GNU Fortran Command Options

Predene name as a macro, with denition 1.

2.4 Options to request or suppress errors and warnings

The GNU Fortran Compiler

Chapter 2: GNU Fortran Command Options

The GNU Fortran Compiler

2.5 Options for debugging your program or GNU Fortran

Chapter 2: GNU Fortran Command Options

2.6 Options for directory search

2.7 Inuencing the linking step

2.8 Inuencing runtime behavior

The GNU Fortran Compiler

2.9 Options for code generation conventions

Chapter 2: GNU Fortran Command Options

is implemented as something akin to:

With -fno-underscoring, the same statement is implemented as:

The GNU Fortran Compiler

Chapter 2: GNU Fortran Command Options

The GNU Fortran Compiler

Chapter 2: GNU Fortran Command Options

2.10 Environment variables aecting gfortran

The GNU Fortran Compiler

Chapter 3: Runtime: Inuencing runtime behavior with environment variables

3 Runtime: Inuencing runtime behavior with environment variables

3.1 GFORTRAN_STDIN_UNITUnit number for standard input

3.2 GFORTRAN_STDOUT_UNITUnit number for standard output

3.3 GFORTRAN_STDERR_UNITUnit number for standard error

3.4 GFORTRAN_USE_STDERRSend library output to standard error

3.5 GFORTRAN_TMPDIRDirectory for scratch les